Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 188

Distribution, Montage & Installation

de Matériels Electriques
Qui sommes nous?
SOMAFE est une entreprise fondée en 1996 par Monsieur Ali
Kacem Salim, elle a connue au fil des années un
développement stable et continu dans le domaine électrique,
au point de devenir l’un des leaders du marché national De
simple distributeur d’équipements électriques, SOMAFE est
vite passé à un installateur et producteur d’équipements
électriques

SOMAFE , est spécialisée dans la fourniture, le montage et


l’installation des équipements électriques basse tension (BT).
Un partenariat avec des marques connues et de renommées
mondiale, SOMAFE , se place comme un interlocuteur
privilégié des grands
acteurs des di erents secteurs industriels en algérie

Notre Force :
o Plus de 23 ans d’expérience cumulées dans le
domaine.
o Une écoute permanente des besoins exprimés
par les utilisateurs afin d’offrir des solutions
toujours plus innovantes.
o Respect des engagements et une excellente
assistance.
o Apport de solution avec un service après-
vente.
o Disponibilité des moyens matériels et humains.
o Proposition des solutions en intégrant de
nouvelles technologies.
o Meilleur rapport Qualité/Prix/Disponibilité
DESCRIPTIF TECHNIQUE

Client: CHIALI SERVICE


N°183
Domaines d’application

SOMMAIRE :

-I/ DESCREPTIF TECHNIQUE

-II/ FICHES TECHNIQUE & CERTIFICATS

SOMAFE propo
le domaine de la pr

o Paratonnerre t
o Paratonnerre
o Parafoudre T1
o Mise à la terre

14
SOMAFE 2019
I-Descriptif technique tableaux :

Les tableaux garantissent le service de l’énergie aux proportions de fabrication de compétence.


Dans ce but, les tableaux assurent dans toutes conditions d’exercice, d’inspection de l’entretien,
La sécurité des personnes et du fonctionnement, conformément aux critères des normes internationales de
référence.

Les tableaux seront montés et câblées selon les exigences du client.

1- Normes et règlements :
En ce qui concerne la spécification d’équipement du système, les normes seront
applicables par ordre de priorité:

• Aux Normes européennes et UIC (préfixes CEI, CE, ETS, ENV,


EN, ISO, UTE).
• Aux Normes françaises (préfixe NF)

Norme Titre

EN 60439 série Ensembles d’appareillage à basse tension

NF C 15-100 Installation électrique basse tension

EN 60529 Degré de protection assuré par les enveloppes

Coordination de l'isolement des matériels dans les systèmes (réseaux) à


NF EN 60664-1
basse tension - Partie 1: Principes, exigences et essais

CEI 61439-1 Ensembles d'appareillage à basse tension - Partie 1 : règles générales

Ensembles d'appareillage à basse tension - Partie 2 : ensembles


CEI 61439-2
d'appareillage de puissance

Exigences générales pour les dispositifs de protection à courant différentiel


CEI/TR 60755
résiduel

CEI 60947-1 Appareillage à basse tension - Partie 1 : règles générales

CEI 60947-2 Appareillage à basse tension - Partie 2 : disjoncteurs

Appareillage à basse tension - Partie 4-1 : contacteurs et démarreurs de


CEI 60947-4-1
moteurs - Contacteurs et démarreurs électromécaniques

EN 60950 Sécurité - Matériels de traitement de l'information

EN 50178 Équipement électronique utilisé dans les installations de puissance

EN 60947 série Appareillage à basse tension

Applications ferroviaires – Compatibilité électromagnétique (CEM).


EN 50 121-5 Partie 5. Emission et immunité des installations fixes d’alimentation de
puissance et des équipements associés.
Compatibilité électromagnétique (CEM). Limites pour les émissions de
CEI 61000-3-2 courant harmoniques (courant appelé par les appareils inférieur ou
égal à 16A par phase)

Compatibilité électromagnétique (CEM). Limites – Limitation des


variations de tension, des fluctuations de tension et du papillotement dans
CEI 61000-3-3 les réseaux publics d'alimentation basse tension, pour les matériels ayant
un courant assigné ≤16 A par phase et non soumis à un raccordement
conditionnel

Compatibilité électromagnétique (CEM). Limitation des émissions de


CEI 61000-3-4 courant harmoniques dans les réseaux basse tension pour les matériels
ayant un courant assigné supérieur à 16A

Applications ferroviaires – Installations fixes - Mesures de protection


CEI 62128
relatives à la sécurité électrique et à la mise à la terre

RPA99/V.2003 Normes parasismiques Algériennes

CEM Directive 2004/40/CE du parlement européen et du conseil du 29 avril 2004

2-Abréviations :

Abréviation Définition

D1 Départ

H1 Voyant

F1 Porte fusible

QG Disjoncteur générale

QP Disjoncteur parafoudre

INT Interrupteur

SD contact auxiliaire Signal-Défaut

SOR Bobine

OVR Parafoudre

MCCB Disjoncteur boitier moulé

MCB Disjoncteur modulaire

BP Bouton poussoir

AU Arret d’urgence

TC Transformateur de courant

PE Conducteur de protection (Protection Equipotentielle)

XP Bornier de raccordement

SLT Schéma de Liaison à la Terre


Abréviation Définition

T : Neutre relié à la terre

TT T : Masses reliées à la terre

I : Neutre isolé à la terre

IT T : Masses reliées à la terre

T : Neutre relié à la terre

TN-S N : Masses reliées au neutre


S : Terre et neutre séparé

T : Neutre relié à la terre

TN-C N : Masses reliées au neutre


C : Terre et neutre confondus

3-Code couleurs filerais électrique :

Une installation électrique va forcément comporter une énorme quantité de fils électriques ! Et pour s’y
retrouver, la norme électrique IEC 61-439 qu’impose certaines couleurs de fils électriques, à respecter à
la lettre.
Les couleurs de fil électrique utilisé par la sarl somafe et selon la norme française la NFC 15-100 se
décompose en cinq couleurs;

Le marron et noir et rouge pour le conducteur de phase (un fil électrique par lequel arrive le courant
électrique)

Le bleu comme une seule couleur pour identifier le conducteur neutre.

Le jaune et vert est systématiquement pour le conducteur de protection selon la norme internationale.
FICHES TECHNIQUE
Disjoncteur MCCB
PRODUCT-DETAILS

T5S 630 PR221DS-LS/I In=630 4p F F


T5S 630 PR221DS-LS/I In=630 4p F F

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit T5S 630 PR221DS-LS/I In=630 4p F F

Code de produit 1SDA054408R1

EAN 8015644555061

Description courte T5S 630 PR221DS-LS/I In=630 4p F F

DISJONCTEUR TMAX T5S 630 FIXE TETRAPOLAIRE AVEC PRISES AVANT ET


Description longue
DECLANCHEURS ELECTRONIQUE EN CA PR221DS-LS/I R 630

Commande
E-Number (Finland) 3655341

E-Number (Sweden) 3180388

EAN 8015644555061

Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85362090

Dimensions
Produit Largeur Net 186 mm

Produit Hauteur Net 205 mm

Produit Longueur Net 103.5 mm


T5S 630 PR221DS-LS/I In=630 4p F F 2

Poids net 6.047 kg

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 1 pièce
Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 248 mm


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 240 mm


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 285 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 6.2 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 8015644555061

Environnement
RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU and Amendment 2015/863 July 22, 2019

Informations Supplémentaires
Electrical Durability 5000 cycle
60 cycles per hour

Durabilite mecanique 20000 cycle


120 cycles per hour

Nombre de pôles 4

Power Loss at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 41 W

Groupe de produit SACE Tmax T

Type de produit Moulded Case Circuit Breaker

Type de produit CB

Courant nominal (I n ) Main Circuit 630 A

Tension assignée de 8 kV
tenue aux chocs (U imp )

Tension assignée d’ 1000 V


isolement (U i )

Tension 690 V AC

Pourvoir assigné de (220 V AC) 85 kA


coupure de service en (230 V AC) 85 kA
court-circuit (I cs ) (380 V AC) 50 kA
(400 V AC) 50 kA
(415 V AC) 50 kA
(440 V AC) 40 kA
(500 V AC) 30 kA
(690 V AC) 25 kA

Pouvoir assigné de (220 V AC) 85 kA


coupure ultime en court- (230 V AC) 85 kA
circuit (I cu ) (380 V AC) 50 kA
(400 V AC) 50 kA
(415 V AC) 50 kA
(440 V AC) 40 kA
(500 V AC) 30 kA
(690 V AC) 25 kA

Courant assigné 630 A


ininterromptu (I u )
T5S 630 PR221DS-LS/I In=630 4p F F 3

Release PR221DS-LS/I

Release Type EL

Short-Circuit Performance S
Level

Normes et standards IEC

Sub-type T5

Suitable For T5

Suitable for Product Class Moulded Case Circuit Breakers

Terminal Connection Type Fixed Circuit-Breakers


Front

Test Voltage Max (U test ) 3500 V

Test Voltage at Industrial 3500 V


Frequency for 1 Minute

Version F

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Fiche produit, informations 1SDC210004D0203
techniques

Déclaration de Conformité 1SDL000165R0005


- CE

Environmental Information 9AKK10103A1056

GL Certificate 1SDL000163R0062

Instructions et manuels 1SDH000437R0001

Instructions and Manuals ITSCE-RH0100001


(Part 2)

REACH Declaration 9AKK108466A1425

RoHS Information 9AKK108466A1424

Classifications
ETIM 4 EC000228 - Power circuit-breaker for trafo/generator/installation prot.

ETIM 5 EC000228 - Power circuit-breaker for trafo/generator/installation prot.

ETIM 6 EC000228 - disjoncteur pour transformateur, générateur et protection


d'installation

ETIM 7 EC000228 - Power circuit-breaker for trafo/generator/installation protection

Object Classification Code Q

UNSPSC 39121100

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Disjoncteurs de puissance  → Disjoncteurs Boîtier Moulé  → Tmax T


T5S 630 PR221DS-LS/I In=630 4p F F 4
PRODUCT-DETAILS

AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc


AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc

Code de produit 1SDA054915R1

EAN 8015644560447

Description courte AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc

3 CONTACTS INVERSEUR OUVERT-FERME + 1 CONTACT OUVERT PAR


Description longue
DECLENCHEUR V <(><<)> 24V CC CABLES T4-T5-T6

Commande
EAN 8015644560447

Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85389099

Dimensions
Poids net 0.2 kg

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 1 pièce
AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc 2

Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 110 mm


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 60 mm
Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 140 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.237 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 8015644560447

Environnement
RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU and Amendment 2015/863 July 22, 2019

Informations Supplémentaires
Configuration Type Loose or configurable

Number of Auxiliary 4
Contacts CO (SPDT)

Groupe de produit Accessories for Tmax T

Type de produit Accessory

Type de produit ACC

Normes et standards IEC

Suitable For T4, T5, T6

Suitable for Product Class SACE Tmax T

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Fiche produit, informations 1SDC210015D0208
techniques 1SDC210300D0201

Déclaration de Conformité 1SDL000165R0001


- CE

Instructions et manuels 1SDH000436R0604

REACH Declaration 9AKK108466A1425

RoHS Information 9AKK108466A1424

Classifications
ETIM 6 EC000041 - bloc de contact auxiliaire

ETIM 7 EC000041 - Auxiliary contact block

Object Classification Code Q

UNSPSC 39120000

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)
AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc 3

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Disjoncteurs de puissance  → Disjoncteurs Boîtier Moulé  → Accessories for Tmax T
Disjoncteur MCB
PRODUCT-DETAILS

S204P-C63
S204P-C63 Miniature Circuit Breaker - 4P - C -
63 A

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit S204P-C63

Code de produit 2CDS284001R0634

EAN 4016779590846

Description courte S204P-C63 Miniature Circuit Breaker - 4P - C - 63 A

System pro M compact S200P miniature circuit breakers are current limiting. They have two
different tripping mechanisms, the delayed thermal tripping mechanism for overload
protection and the electromechanic tripping mechanism for short circuit protection. They are
available in different characteristics (B,C,D,K,Z), configurations (1P,1P+N,2P,3P,3P+N,4P),
Description longue
breaking capacities (up to 25 kA at 230/400 V AC) and rated currents (up to 63A). All MCBs
of the product range S200P comply with IEC/EN 60898-1, IEC/EN 609 47-2, UL1077 and
CSA 22.2 No. 235, allowing the use for residential, commercial and industrial applications.
Bottom-fitting auxiliary contact can be mounted on S200P to save 50% space.

Technique
Normes et standards CSA 22.2 No. 235
IEC/EN 60898-1
IEC/EN 60947-2
UL 1077

Tripping Characteristic C

Tension nominale (U r ) 400 V AC

Tension acc. to IEC 60898-1 400 V AC


acc. to IEC 60947-2 400 V AC
S204P-C63 2

Operational Voltage Maximum (Incl. Tolerance) 440 V AC


Minimum 12 V AC
Minimum 12 V DC

Tension assignée d’ acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 440 V


isolement (U i )

Tension assignée de 4 kV
tenue aux chocs (U imp ) at 2000 m 5 kV
at Sea Level 6.2 kV

Dielectric Test Voltage 50/60 Hz, 1 min: 2 kV

Type de tension AC

Courant nominal (I n ) 63 A

Rated Short-Circuit (AC) 15 kA


Capacity (I cn ) (230 V AC) 12.5 kA
(400 V AC) 15 kA

Pouvoir assigné de (230 V AC) 25 kA


coupure ultime en court- (400 V AC) 15 kA
circuit (I cu )

Rated Conditional Short- (230 V) 25 kA


Circuit Current (I nc ) (400 V) 25 kA

Pourvoir assigné de (400 V AC) 7.5 kA


coupure de service en
court-circuit (I cs )

Fréquence assignée (f) 50 / 60 Hz

Power Loss 22.4 W


at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 5.6 W

Power Supply Connection Arbitrary

Contact Position Red ON / Green OFF


Indication

Classe de limitation 3
d'énergie

Electrical Endurance 10000 AC cycle

20000 cycle

Nombre de pôles 4

Number of Protected 4
Poles

Catégorie de Surtension III

Product Range S200P

Tightening Torque 2.8 N·m

Screw Terminal Type Failsafe Bi-directional Cylinder-lift Terminal

Actuator Marking I/O

Actuator Material Insulation Group II, Black, Sealable

Qualité du matériau Insulation Group II, RAL 7035

Mounting on DIN Rail TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715

Type d'encastrement Any

Recommended Screw Pozidriv 2


Driver

Accessories Available Yes

Connecting Capacity Busbar 10 / 10 mm²


Flexible with Ferrule 0.75 ... 16 mm²
Flexible 0.75 ... 16 mm²
Rigid 0.75 ... 25 mm²
Stranded 0.75 ... 25 mm²

Installation Size acc. to DIN 43880 1


S204P-C63 3

Terminal Type Screw Terminals

Environnement
Température de l’air Operation -25 ... +55 °C
ambiant Storage -40 ... +70 °C

Reference Ambient Air 30 °C


Temperature

Indice de protection IP20


Enclosure with Cover IP40

Degré de pollution 3

Environmental Conditions 28 cycles


with 55 °C / 90-96 %
and 25 °C / 95-100 %

Resistance to Vibrations 5g, 20 cycles at 5 ... 150 ... 5 Hz with load 0.8 In
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

Resistance to Shock acc. 25g / 2 shocks / 13 ms


to IEC 60068-2-27

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU

Environmental Information 9AKK107680A6947

Technique UL/CSA
Maximum Operating 480Y/277 V AC
Voltage UL/CSA

Interrupting Rating acc. to (480Y / 277 V AC) 6 kA


UL1077

Connecting Capacity Busbar 18-8 AWG


UL/CSA Conductor 18-4 AWG

Tightening Torque 25 in·lb


UL/CSA

Dimensions
Width in Number of 4
Modular Spacings

Produit Largeur Net 70 mm

Produit Hauteur Net 88 mm

Produit Longueur Net 69 mm

Poids net 0.56 kg

Pole Net Weight 0.14 kg

Profondeur 69 mm
d'encastrement (t 2 )

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 carton 1 pièce
Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 92 mm
Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 80 mm
Hauteur
S204P-C63 4

Emballage Niveau 1 78 mm
Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.57 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 4016779612821

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85362010

E-Number (Finland) 3210884

E-Number (Sweden) 2102167

Pays d'origine Germany (DE)

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Certification Agency CSA
IEC
EN
UL

Déclaration de Conformité 2CDK403003D0403


- CE

Environmental Information 9AKK107680A6947

Instructions et manuels 2CDS207104P0001

RoHS Information 2CDK403003D0403

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 9AKK106930A8017
techniques

Instructions et manuels 2CDS207104P0001

EPLAN Graphical Macro 9AKK106713A8206

EPLAN Macro 9AKK106713A8205

Classifications
ETIM 7 EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)

ETIM 8 EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)

EPLAN Catalog Tree Electrical engineering / Protection devices / General

EPLAN Function Circuit breaker / Quadruple circuit-breaker / Quadruple circuit-breaker


Definition 1_2_3_4_5_6_7_8

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

DEEE B2C / B2B Business To Consumer

CN8 8536 20 10

UNSPSC 39121614

eClass V11.0 : 27141901

Object Classification Code F

Accessories
S204P-C63 5

Unit Of
Identifier Description Type Quantity
Measure

2CDS200922R0001 S2C-S/H6R Signal / Auxiliary Contact S2C-S/H6R 1 pièce

2CDS200912R0001 S2C-H6R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6R 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0001 S2C-H11L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H11L 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0002 S2C-H20L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H20L 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0003 S2C-H02L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H02L 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0001 S2C-H6-11R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-11R 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0002 S2C-H6-20R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-20R 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0003 S2C-H6-02R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-02R 1 pièce

2CDS200909R0001 S2C-A1 Shunt Trip S2C-A1 1 pièce

2CDS200909R0002 S2C-A2 Shunt Trip S2C-A2 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0001 S2C-UA 12 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 12 DC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0002 S2C-UA 24 AC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 24 AC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0003 S2C-UA 48 AC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 48 AC 1 pièce

S2C-UA 110
2CSS200911R0004 S2C-UA 110 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

S2C-UA 230
2CSS200911R0005 S2C-UA 230 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

S2C-UA 400
2CSS200911R0006 S2C-UA 400 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

2CSS200911R0007 S2C-UA 24 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 24 DC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0008 S2C-UA 48 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 48 DC 1 pièce

S2C-UA 110
2CSS200911R0009 S2C-UA 110 DC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
DC

S2C-UA 230
2CSS200911R0010 S2C-UA 230 DC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
DC

2CSS201997R0013 S2C-CM1 Motor operating device S2C-CM1 1 pièce

2CSS203997R0013 S2C-CM2/3 Motor operating device S2C-CM2/3 1 pièce

2CSS204997R0013 S2C-CM4 Motor operating device S2C-CM4 1 pièce

GHS2001901R0003 S2C-DH Mechanical Accessories S2C-DH 1 pièce

2CSS200998R0001 S2C-BP Mechanical tripping device S2C-BP 1 pièce

2CSS200999R0001 S2C-EST Plug-in base S2C-EST 1 pièce

2CDS200918R0001 S2C-NT Hand Operated Neutral S2C-NT 1 pièce

2CCA880100R0001 CMS-100PS Sensor CMS-100PS 1 pièce

2CCA880101R0001 CMS-101PS Sensor CMS-101PS 1 pièce

2CCA880102R0001 CMS-102PS Sensor CMS-102PS 1 pièce

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Appareillage modulaire et parafoudres  → Disjoncteurs ≤63A SN201/S200


S204P-C63 6
PRODUCT-DETAILS

S202-C25
S202-C25 Miniature Circuit Breaker - 2P - C - 25
A

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit S202-C25

Code de produit 2CDS252001R0254

EAN 4016779466103

Description courte S202-C25 Miniature Circuit Breaker - 2P - C - 25 A

System pro M compact S200 miniature circuit breakers are current limiting. They have two
different tripping mechanisms, the delayed thermal tripping mechanism for overload
protection and the electromechanic tripping mechanism for short circuit protection. They are
available in different characteristics (B,C,D,K,Z), configurations (1P,1P+N,2P,3P,3P+N,4P),
Description longue
breaking capacities (up to 6 kA at 230/400 V AC) and rated currents (up to 63A). All MCBs
of the product range S200 comply with IEC/EN 60898-1, IEC/EN 60947-2, UL1077 allowing
the use for residential, commercial and industrial applications. Bottom-fitting auxiliary
contact can be mounted on S200 to save 50% space.

Technique
Normes et standards IEC/EN 60898-1
IEC/EN 60947-2
UL 1077

Tripping Characteristic C

Tension nominale (U r ) 400 V AC

Tension acc. to IEC 60898-1 400 V AC


acc. to IEC 60947-2 440 V AC

Operational Voltage Maximum (Incl. Tolerance) 125 V DC


S202-C25 2

Maximum (Incl. Tolerance) 440 V AC


Minimum 12 V AC
Minimum 12 V DC

Tension assignée d’ acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 440 V


isolement (U i )

Tension assignée de 4 kV
tenue aux chocs (U imp ) at 2000 m 5 kV
at Sea Level 6.2 kV

Dielectric Test Voltage 50/60 Hz, 1 min: 2 kV

Type de tension AC/DC

Courant nominal (I n ) 25 A

Rated Short-Circuit (AC) 6 kA


Capacity (I cn ) (DC) 6 kA
(400 V AC) 6 kA

Pouvoir assigné de (125 V DC) 10 kA


coupure ultime en court- (230 V AC) 20 kA
circuit (I cu ) (400 V AC) 10 kA
(440 V AC) 10 kA
(48 V DC) 20 kA

Rated Conditional Short- (230 V) 20 kA


Circuit Current (I nc ) (400 V) 20 kA

Pourvoir assigné de (230 V AC) 15 kA


coupure de service en (400 V AC) 7.5 kA
court-circuit (I cs ) (440 V AC) 7.5 kA

Fréquence (f) 50 Hz

Fréquence assignée (f) 50 / 60 Hz

Power Loss 6.4 W


at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 3.2 W

Power Supply Connection Arbitrary

Contact Position Red ON / Green OFF


Indication

Classe de limitation 3
d'énergie

Electrical Endurance 20000 AC cycle

20000 cycle

Nombre de pôles 2

Number of Protected 2
Poles

Catégorie de Surtension III

Product Range S200

Tightening Torque 2.8 N·m

Type de montage DIN-Rail

Screw Terminal Type Failsafe Bi-directional Cylinder-lift Terminal

Actuator Marking I/O

Actuator Material Insulation Group II, Black, Sealable

Qualité du matériau Insulation Group II, RAL 7035

Mounting on DIN Rail TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715

Type d'encastrement Any

Recommended Screw Pozidriv 2


Driver

Accessories Available Yes

Connecting Capacity Busbar 10 / 10 mm²


Flexible with Ferrule 0.75 ... 25 mm²
S202-C25 3

Flexible 0.75 ... 25 mm²


Rigid 0.75 ... 35 mm²
Stranded 0.75 ... 35 mm²

Installation Size acc. to DIN 43880 1

Wire Stripping Length 12.5 mm

Terminal Type Screw Terminals

Environnement
Température de l’air Operation -25 ... +55 °C
ambiant Storage -40 ... +70 °C

Reference Ambient Air 30 °C


Temperature

Indice de protection IP20


Enclosure with Cover IP40

Degré de pollution 3

Environmental Conditions 28 cycles


with 55 °C / 90-96 %
and 25 °C / 95-100 %

Resistance to Vibrations 5g, 20 cycles at 5 ... 150 ... 5 Hz with load 0.8 In
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

Resistance to Shock acc. 25g / 2 shocks / 13 ms


to IEC 60068-2-27

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU

Environmental Information 2CDK400030D0201

Technique UL/CSA
Maximum Operating 110 V DC
Voltage UL/CSA 480Y/277 V AC

Interrupting Rating acc. to (277 V AC) 6 kA


UL1077 (480Y / 277 V AC) 6 kA
(240 V) 10 kA

Connecting Capacity Busbar 18-8 AWG


UL/CSA Conductor 18-4 AWG

Tightening Torque 18 in·lb


UL/CSA

Dimensions
Width in Number of 2
Modular Spacings

Produit Largeur Net 35 mm

Produit Hauteur Net 88 mm

Produit Longueur Net 69 mm

Poids net 0.25 kg

Pole Net Weight 0.115 kg

Profondeur 69 mm
d'encastrement (t 2 )

Emballage
S202-C25 4

Emballage Niveau 1 carton 5 pièce


Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 92 mm
Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 80 mm
Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 183 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 1.3 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 4016779608503

Emballage Niveau 2 carton 60 pièce


Unités

Emballage Niveau 2 275 mm


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 2 210 mm


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 2 395 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 2 Poids 14.8 kg

Emballage Niveau 2 EAN 4016779972437

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85362010

E-Number (Finland) 3210525

E-Number (Sweden) 2100564

Pays d'origine Germany (DE)

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Certification Agency EN
IEC
UL

Déclaration de Conformité 2CDK403001D0607


- CE

Environmental Information 2CDK400030D0201

I²t Characteristic 9AKK107992A5102

Instructions et manuels 2CDS207104P0001

RoHS Information 2CDK403001D0607

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 9AKK107991A8329
techniques

Instructions et manuels 2CDS207104P0001

Dimension Diagram 2CDC022007F0010

I²t Characteristic 9AKK107992A5102

EPLAN Graphical Macro 9AKK106713A8115

EPLAN Macro 9AKK106713A8105


S202-C25 5

Classifications
ETIM 7 EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)

ETIM 8 EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)

EPLAN Catalog Tree Electrical engineering / Protection devices / General

EPLAN Function Circuit breaker / Double circuit-breaker / Double circuit breaker 1_2_3_4
Definition

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

DEEE B2C / B2B Business To Consumer

CN8 8536 20 10

UNSPSC 39121614

eClass V11.0 : 27141901

Object Classification Code F

Accessories
S202-C25 6

Unit Of
Identifier Description Type Quantity
Measure

2CDS200922R0001 S2C-S/H6R Signal / Auxiliary Contact S2C-S/H6R 1 pièce

2CDS200912R0001 S2C-H6R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6R 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0001 S2C-H11L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H11L 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0002 S2C-H20L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H20L 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0003 S2C-H02L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H02L 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0001 S2C-H6-11R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-11R 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0002 S2C-H6-20R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-20R 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0003 S2C-H6-02R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-02R 1 pièce

2CDS200909R0001 S2C-A1 Shunt Trip S2C-A1 1 pièce

2CDS200909R0002 S2C-A2 Shunt Trip S2C-A2 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0001 S2C-UA 12 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 12 DC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0002 S2C-UA 24 AC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 24 AC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0003 S2C-UA 48 AC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 48 AC 1 pièce

S2C-UA 110
2CSS200911R0004 S2C-UA 110 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

S2C-UA 230
2CSS200911R0005 S2C-UA 230 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

S2C-UA 400
2CSS200911R0006 S2C-UA 400 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

2CSS200911R0007 S2C-UA 24 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 24 DC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0008 S2C-UA 48 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 48 DC 1 pièce

S2C-UA 110
2CSS200911R0009 S2C-UA 110 DC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
DC

S2C-UA 230
2CSS200911R0010 S2C-UA 230 DC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
DC

2CSS201997R0013 S2C-CM1 Motor operating device S2C-CM1 1 pièce

2CSS203997R0013 S2C-CM2/3 Motor operating device S2C-CM2/3 1 pièce

2CSS204997R0013 S2C-CM4 Motor operating device S2C-CM4 1 pièce

GHS2001901R0003 S2C-DH Mechanical Accessories S2C-DH 1 pièce

2CSS200998R0001 S2C-BP Mechanical tripping device S2C-BP 1 pièce

2CSS200999R0001 S2C-EST Plug-in base S2C-EST 1 pièce

2CDS200918R0001 S2C-NT Hand Operated Neutral S2C-NT 1 pièce

2CCA880100R0001 CMS-100PS Sensor CMS-100PS 1 pièce

2CCA880101R0001 CMS-101PS Sensor CMS-101PS 1 pièce

2CCA880102R0001 CMS-102PS Sensor CMS-102PS 1 pièce

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Appareillage modulaire et parafoudres  → Disjoncteurs ≤63A SN201/S200


S202-C25 7
PRODUCT-DETAILS

S202-C20
S202-C20 Miniature Circuit Breaker - 2P - C - 20
A

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit S202-C20

Code de produit 2CDS252001R0204

EAN 4016779466004

Description courte S202-C20 Miniature Circuit Breaker - 2P - C - 20 A

System pro M compact S200 miniature circuit breakers are current limiting. They have two
different tripping mechanisms, the delayed thermal tripping mechanism for overload
protection and the electromechanic tripping mechanism for short circuit protection. They are
available in different characteristics (B,C,D,K,Z), configurations (1P,1P+N,2P,3P,3P+N,4P),
Description longue
breaking capacities (up to 6 kA at 230/400 V AC) and rated currents (up to 63A). All MCBs
of the product range S200 comply with IEC/EN 60898-1, IEC/EN 60947-2, UL1077 allowing
the use for residential, commercial and industrial applications. Bottom-fitting auxiliary
contact can be mounted on S200 to save 50% space.

Technique
Normes et standards IEC/EN 60898-1
IEC/EN 60947-2
UL 1077

Tripping Characteristic C

Tension nominale (U r ) 400 V AC

Tension acc. to IEC 60898-1 400 V AC


acc. to IEC 60947-2 440 V AC

Operational Voltage Maximum (Incl. Tolerance) 125 V DC


S202-C20 2

Maximum (Incl. Tolerance) 440 V AC


Minimum 12 V AC
Minimum 12 V DC

Tension assignée d’ acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 440 V


isolement (U i )

Tension assignée de 4 kV
tenue aux chocs (U imp ) at 2000 m 5 kV
at Sea Level 6.2 kV

Dielectric Test Voltage 50/60 Hz, 1 min: 2 kV

Type de tension AC/DC

Courant nominal (I n ) 20 A

Rated Short-Circuit (AC) 6 kA


Capacity (I cn ) (DC) 6 kA
(400 V AC) 6 kA

Pouvoir assigné de (125 V DC) 10 kA


coupure ultime en court- (230 V AC) 20 kA
circuit (I cu ) (400 V AC) 10 kA
(440 V AC) 10 kA
(48 V DC) 20 kA

Rated Conditional Short- (230 V) 20 kA


Circuit Current (I nc ) (400 V) 20 kA

Pourvoir assigné de (230 V AC) 15 kA


coupure de service en (400 V AC) 7.5 kA
court-circuit (I cs ) (440 V AC) 7.5 kA

Fréquence (f) 50 Hz

Fréquence assignée (f) 50 / 60 Hz

Power Loss 5W
at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 2.5 W

Power Supply Connection Arbitrary

Contact Position Red ON / Green OFF


Indication

Classe de limitation 3
d'énergie

Electrical Endurance 20000 AC cycle

20000 cycle

Nombre de pôles 2

Number of Protected 2
Poles

Catégorie de Surtension III

Product Range S200

Tightening Torque 2.8 N·m

Type de montage DIN-Rail

Screw Terminal Type Failsafe Bi-directional Cylinder-lift Terminal

Actuator Marking I/O

Actuator Material Insulation Group II, Black, Sealable

Qualité du matériau Insulation Group II, RAL 7035

Mounting on DIN Rail TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715

Type d'encastrement Any

Recommended Screw Pozidriv 2


Driver

Accessories Available Yes

Connecting Capacity Busbar 10 / 10 mm²


Flexible with Ferrule 0.75 ... 25 mm²
S202-C20 3

Flexible 0.75 ... 25 mm²


Rigid 0.75 ... 35 mm²
Stranded 0.75 ... 35 mm²

Installation Size acc. to DIN 43880 1

Wire Stripping Length 12.5 mm

Terminal Type Screw Terminals

Environnement
Température de l’air Operation -25 ... +55 °C
ambiant Storage -40 ... +70 °C

Reference Ambient Air 30 °C


Temperature

Indice de protection IP20


Enclosure with Cover IP40

Degré de pollution 3

Environmental Conditions 28 cycles


with 55 °C / 90-96 %
and 25 °C / 95-100 %

Resistance to Vibrations 5g, 20 cycles at 5 ... 150 ... 5 Hz with load 0.8 In
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

Resistance to Shock acc. 25g / 2 shocks / 13 ms


to IEC 60068-2-27

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU

Environmental Information 2CDK400030D0201

Technique UL/CSA
Maximum Operating 110 V DC
Voltage UL/CSA 480Y/277 V AC

Interrupting Rating acc. to (277 V AC) 6 kA


UL1077 (480Y / 277 V AC) 6 kA
(240 V) 10 kA

Connecting Capacity Busbar 18-8 AWG


UL/CSA Conductor 18-4 AWG

Tightening Torque 18 in·lb


UL/CSA

Dimensions
Width in Number of 2
Modular Spacings

Produit Largeur Net 35 mm

Produit Hauteur Net 88 mm

Produit Longueur Net 69 mm

Poids net 0.25 kg

Pole Net Weight 0.115 kg

Profondeur 69 mm
d'encastrement (t 2 )

Emballage
S202-C20 4

Emballage Niveau 1 carton 5 pièce


Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 92 mm
Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 80 mm
Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 183 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 1.3 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 4016779608459

Emballage Niveau 2 carton 60 pièce


Unités

Emballage Niveau 2 275 mm


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 2 210 mm


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 2 395 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 2 Poids 14.8 kg

Emballage Niveau 2 EAN 4016779972383

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85362010

E-Number (Finland) 3210520

E-Number (Sweden) 2100562

Pays d'origine Germany (DE)

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Certification Agency EN
IEC
UL

Déclaration de Conformité 2CDK403001D0607


- CE

Environmental Information 2CDK400030D0201

I²t Characteristic 9AKK107992A5102

Instructions et manuels 2CDS207104P0001

RoHS Information 2CDK403001D0607

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 9AKK107991A8329
techniques

Instructions et manuels 2CDS207104P0001

Dimension Diagram 2CDC022007F0010

I²t Characteristic 9AKK107992A5102

EPLAN Graphical Macro 9AKK106713A8115

EPLAN Macro 9AKK106713A8105


S202-C20 5

Classifications
ETIM 7 EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)

ETIM 8 EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)

EPLAN Catalog Tree Electrical engineering / Protection devices / General

EPLAN Function Circuit breaker / Double circuit-breaker / Double circuit breaker 1_2_3_4
Definition

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

DEEE B2C / B2B Business To Consumer

CN8 8536 20 10

UNSPSC 39121614

eClass V11.0 : 27141901

Object Classification Code F

Accessories
S202-C20 6

Unit Of
Identifier Description Type Quantity
Measure

2CDS200922R0001 S2C-S/H6R Signal / Auxiliary Contact S2C-S/H6R 1 pièce

2CDS200912R0001 S2C-H6R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6R 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0001 S2C-H11L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H11L 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0002 S2C-H20L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H20L 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0003 S2C-H02L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H02L 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0001 S2C-H6-11R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-11R 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0002 S2C-H6-20R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-20R 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0003 S2C-H6-02R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-02R 1 pièce

2CDS200909R0001 S2C-A1 Shunt Trip S2C-A1 1 pièce

2CDS200909R0002 S2C-A2 Shunt Trip S2C-A2 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0001 S2C-UA 12 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 12 DC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0002 S2C-UA 24 AC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 24 AC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0003 S2C-UA 48 AC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 48 AC 1 pièce

S2C-UA 110
2CSS200911R0004 S2C-UA 110 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

S2C-UA 230
2CSS200911R0005 S2C-UA 230 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

S2C-UA 400
2CSS200911R0006 S2C-UA 400 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

2CSS200911R0007 S2C-UA 24 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 24 DC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0008 S2C-UA 48 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 48 DC 1 pièce

S2C-UA 110
2CSS200911R0009 S2C-UA 110 DC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
DC

S2C-UA 230
2CSS200911R0010 S2C-UA 230 DC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
DC

2CSS201997R0013 S2C-CM1 Motor operating device S2C-CM1 1 pièce

2CSS203997R0013 S2C-CM2/3 Motor operating device S2C-CM2/3 1 pièce

2CSS204997R0013 S2C-CM4 Motor operating device S2C-CM4 1 pièce

GHS2001901R0003 S2C-DH Mechanical Accessories S2C-DH 1 pièce

2CSS200998R0001 S2C-BP Mechanical tripping device S2C-BP 1 pièce

2CSS200999R0001 S2C-EST Plug-in base S2C-EST 1 pièce

2CDS200918R0001 S2C-NT Hand Operated Neutral S2C-NT 1 pièce

2CCA880100R0001 CMS-100PS Sensor CMS-100PS 1 pièce

2CCA880101R0001 CMS-101PS Sensor CMS-101PS 1 pièce

2CCA880102R0001 CMS-102PS Sensor CMS-102PS 1 pièce

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Appareillage modulaire et parafoudres  → Disjoncteurs ≤63A SN201/S200


S202-C20 7
PRODUCT-DETAILS

S204P-C32
S204P-C32 Miniature Circuit Breaker - 4P - C -
32 A

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit S204P-C32

Code de produit 2CDS284001R0324

EAN 4016779590815

Description courte S204P-C32 Miniature Circuit Breaker - 4P - C - 32 A

System pro M compact S200P miniature circuit breakers are current limiting. They have two
different tripping mechanisms, the delayed thermal tripping mechanism for overload
protection and the electromechanic tripping mechanism for short circuit protection. They are
available in different characteristics (B,C,D,K,Z), configurations (1P,1P+N,2P,3P,3P+N,4P),
Description longue
breaking capacities (up to 25 kA at 230/400 V AC) and rated currents (up to 63A). All MCBs
of the product range S200P comply with IEC/EN 60898-1, IEC/EN 609 47-2, UL1077 and
CSA 22.2 No. 235, allowing the use for residential, commercial and industrial applications.
Bottom-fitting auxiliary contact can be mounted on S200P to save 50% space.

Technique
Normes et standards CSA 22.2 No. 235
IEC/EN 60898-1
IEC/EN 60947-2
UL 1077

Tripping Characteristic C

Tension nominale (U r ) 400 V AC

Tension acc. to IEC 60898-1 400 V AC


acc. to IEC 60947-2 400 V AC
S204P-C32 2

Operational Voltage Maximum (Incl. Tolerance) 440 V AC


Minimum 12 V AC
Minimum 12 V DC

Tension assignée d’ acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 440 V


isolement (U i )

Tension assignée de 4 kV
tenue aux chocs (U imp ) at 2000 m 5 kV
at Sea Level 6.2 kV

Dielectric Test Voltage 50/60 Hz, 1 min: 2 kV

Type de tension AC

Courant nominal (I n ) 32 A

Rated Short-Circuit (AC) 15 kA


Capacity (I cn ) (230 V AC) 12.5 kA
(400 V AC) 15 kA

Pouvoir assigné de (230 V AC) 25 kA


coupure ultime en court- (400 V AC) 15 kA
circuit (I cu )

Rated Conditional Short- (230 V) 25 kA


Circuit Current (I nc ) (400 V) 25 kA

Pourvoir assigné de (400 V AC) 11.3 kA


coupure de service en
court-circuit (I cs )

Fréquence assignée (f) 50 / 60 Hz

Power Loss 16.8 W


at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 4.2 W

Power Supply Connection Arbitrary

Contact Position Red ON / Green OFF


Indication

Classe de limitation 3
d'énergie

Electrical Endurance 10000 AC cycle

20000 cycle

Nombre de pôles 4

Number of Protected 4
Poles

Catégorie de Surtension III

Product Range S200P

Tightening Torque 2.8 N·m

Screw Terminal Type Failsafe Bi-directional Cylinder-lift Terminal

Actuator Marking I/O

Actuator Material Insulation Group II, Black, Sealable

Qualité du matériau Insulation Group II, RAL 7035

Mounting on DIN Rail TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715

Type d'encastrement Any

Recommended Screw Pozidriv 2


Driver

Accessories Available Yes

Connecting Capacity Busbar 10 / 10 mm²


Flexible with Ferrule 0.75 ... 16 mm²
Flexible 0.75 ... 16 mm²
Rigid 0.75 ... 25 mm²
Stranded 0.75 ... 25 mm²

Installation Size acc. to DIN 43880 1


S204P-C32 3

Terminal Type Screw Terminals

Environnement
Température de l’air Operation -25 ... +55 °C
ambiant Storage -40 ... +70 °C

Reference Ambient Air 30 °C


Temperature

Indice de protection IP20


Enclosure with Cover IP40

Degré de pollution 3

Environmental Conditions 28 cycles


with 55 °C / 90-96 %
and 25 °C / 95-100 %

Resistance to Vibrations 5g, 20 cycles at 5 ... 150 ... 5 Hz with load 0.8 In
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

Resistance to Shock acc. 25g / 2 shocks / 13 ms


to IEC 60068-2-27

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU

Environmental Information 9AKK107680A6947

Technique UL/CSA
Maximum Operating 480Y/277 V AC
Voltage UL/CSA

Interrupting Rating acc. to (480Y / 277 V AC) 6 kA


UL1077

Connecting Capacity Busbar 18-8 AWG


UL/CSA Conductor 18-4 AWG

Tightening Torque 25 in·lb


UL/CSA

Dimensions
Width in Number of 4
Modular Spacings

Produit Largeur Net 70 mm

Produit Hauteur Net 88 mm

Produit Longueur Net 69 mm

Poids net 0.56 kg

Pole Net Weight 0.14 kg

Profondeur 69 mm
d'encastrement (t 2 )

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 carton 1 pièce
Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 92 mm
Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 80 mm
Hauteur
S204P-C32 4

Emballage Niveau 1 78 mm
Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.57 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 4016779612500

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85362010

E-Number (Finland) 3210883

E-Number (Sweden) 2102164

Pays d'origine Germany (DE)

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Certification Agency CSA
IEC
EN
UL

Déclaration de Conformité 2CDK403003D0403


- CE

Environmental Information 9AKK107680A6947

Instructions et manuels 2CDS207104P0001

RoHS Information 2CDK403003D0403

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 9AKK106930A8017
techniques

Instructions et manuels 2CDS207104P0001

EPLAN Graphical Macro 9AKK106713A8206

EPLAN Macro 9AKK106713A8205

Classifications
ETIM 7 EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)

ETIM 8 EC000042 - Miniature circuit breaker (MCB)

EPLAN Catalog Tree Electrical engineering / Protection devices / General

EPLAN Function Circuit breaker / Quadruple circuit-breaker / Quadruple circuit-breaker


Definition 1_2_3_4_5_6_7_8

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

DEEE B2C / B2B Business To Consumer

CN8 8536 20 10

UNSPSC 39121614

eClass V11.0 : 27141901

Object Classification Code F

Accessories
S204P-C32 5

Unit Of
Identifier Description Type Quantity
Measure

2CDS200922R0001 S2C-S/H6R Signal / Auxiliary Contact S2C-S/H6R 1 pièce

2CDS200912R0001 S2C-H6R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6R 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0001 S2C-H11L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H11L 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0002 S2C-H20L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H20L 1 pièce

2CDS200936R0003 S2C-H02L Auxiliary Contact S2C-H02L 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0001 S2C-H6-11R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-11R 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0002 S2C-H6-20R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-20R 1 pièce

2CDS200946R0003 S2C-H6-02R Auxiliary Contact S2C-H6-02R 1 pièce

2CDS200909R0001 S2C-A1 Shunt Trip S2C-A1 1 pièce

2CDS200909R0002 S2C-A2 Shunt Trip S2C-A2 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0001 S2C-UA 12 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 12 DC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0002 S2C-UA 24 AC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 24 AC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0003 S2C-UA 48 AC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 48 AC 1 pièce

S2C-UA 110
2CSS200911R0004 S2C-UA 110 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

S2C-UA 230
2CSS200911R0005 S2C-UA 230 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

S2C-UA 400
2CSS200911R0006 S2C-UA 400 AC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
AC

2CSS200911R0007 S2C-UA 24 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 24 DC 1 pièce

2CSS200911R0008 S2C-UA 48 DC Undervoltage release S2C-UA 48 DC 1 pièce

S2C-UA 110
2CSS200911R0009 S2C-UA 110 DC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
DC

S2C-UA 230
2CSS200911R0010 S2C-UA 230 DC Undervoltage release 1 pièce
DC

2CSS201997R0013 S2C-CM1 Motor operating device S2C-CM1 1 pièce

2CSS203997R0013 S2C-CM2/3 Motor operating device S2C-CM2/3 1 pièce

2CSS204997R0013 S2C-CM4 Motor operating device S2C-CM4 1 pièce

GHS2001901R0003 S2C-DH Mechanical Accessories S2C-DH 1 pièce

2CSS200998R0001 S2C-BP Mechanical tripping device S2C-BP 1 pièce

2CSS200999R0001 S2C-EST Plug-in base S2C-EST 1 pièce

2CDS200918R0001 S2C-NT Hand Operated Neutral S2C-NT 1 pièce

2CCA880100R0001 CMS-100PS Sensor CMS-100PS 1 pièce

2CCA880101R0001 CMS-101PS Sensor CMS-101PS 1 pièce

2CCA880102R0001 CMS-102PS Sensor CMS-102PS 1 pièce

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Appareillage modulaire et parafoudres  → Disjoncteurs ≤63A SN201/S200


S204P-C32 6
PRODUCT-DETAILS

E 91/32
E 91/32 Fuse switch disconnector

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit E 91/32

Code de produit 2CSM200923R1801

EAN 8012542009238

Description courte E 91/32 Fuse switch disconnector

Description longue E 91/32 is a fuseholder for overcurrent and short circuit protection. No blown fuse indicator.

Technique
Normes et standards IEC 60947-3

Tension nominale (U r ) 400 V

Tension AC-20B 690 V


|AC-22B 400 V

Tension assignée d’ 1 kV
isolement (U i )

Fréquence assignée (f) 50...60 Hz

Power Loss at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 3 W

Nombre de pôles 1

Number of Protected 1
Poles

Tightening Torque 2...2.5 N·m


E 91/32 2

Utilization Category Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions - occasional actuation
(AC-20B)
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads
- occasional actuation (AC-22B)

Lock Type Padlockable when open

Type de montage DIN rail

Material of Conductor Copper

Options Provided No

Recommended Screw Pozidriv 2


Driver

Shock and Vibration Category 1, Class B


Withstand acc. to IEC
61373

Connecting Capacity Rigid 2x5 mm²


Stranded 2x2-5 mm²

Fuse Size 10x38 mm

max. 90% with temp. +20 °C


50% with max. temp. +40 °C

Rated Operational Current 32 A


AC (I e )

Environnement
Température de l’air Operation -5...+40 °C
ambiant Storage -25...+70 °C

Indice de protection IP20

Maximum Operating 2000 m


Altitude Permissible

Resistance to Vibrations 2 to 13 Hz x= 1 mm peak


acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 13 to 100 Hz y= 0.7 g peak

Resistance to Shock acc. 15g / 18 shocks / 13 ms


to IEC 60068-2-27

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU

Environmental Information See RoHS Information

Technique UL/CSA
Connecting Capacity Rigid 2x10 AWG
UL/CSA Stranded 2x14-10 AWG

Dimensions
Width in Number of 1
Modular Spacings

Produit Largeur Net 0.018 m

Produit Hauteur Net 0.085 m

Produit Longueur Net 0.064 m

Poids net 0.061 kg

Dimensions 1 module

Profondeur 64 mm
d'encastrement (t 2 )
E 91/32 3

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 box 6 pièce
Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 0.105 m


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 0.085 m


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 0.064 m


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.369 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 8012542009245

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85361010

E-Number (Finland) 3017004

E-Number (Sweden) 2318050

Pays d'origine Romania (RO)

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Déclaration de Conformité 9AKK106713A5623
- CE

Environmental Information See RoHS Information

Instructions et manuels No document needed

RoHS Information 2CSC444011K2701

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 2CSC444002B0204
techniques

Instructions et manuels No document needed

Classifications
ETIM 7 EC002705 - Holder for cylindrical fuse

ETIM 8 EC002705 - Holder for cylindrical fuse

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

DEEE B2C / B2B Business To Consumer

CN8 85361010

Object Classification Code F

Accessories
E 91/32 4

Unit Of
Identifier Description Type Quantity
Measure

2CSM277333R1801 E 9F10 GG05 Fuse link E 9F10 GG05 1 pièce

2CSM277113R1801 E 9F10 GG1 Fuse link E 9F10 GG1 1 pièce

2CSM258723R1801 E 9F10 GG2 Fuse link E 9F10 GG2 1 pièce

2CSM257543R1801 E 9F10 GG4 Fuse link E 9F10 GG4 1 pièce

2CSM256363R1801 E 9F10 GG6 Fuse link E 9F10 GG6 1 pièce

2CSM258633R1801 E 9F10 GG8 Fuse link E 9F10 GG8 1 pièce

2CSM257453R1801 E 9F10 GG10 Fuse link E 9F10 GG10 1 pièce

2CSM256273R1801 E 9F10 GG12 Fuse link E 9F10 GG12 1 pièce

2CSM277543R1801 E 9F10 GG16 Fuse link E 9F10 GG16 1 pièce

2CSM277323R1801 E 9F10 GG20 Fuse link E 9F10 GG20 1 pièce

2CSM277103R1801 E 9F10 GG25 Fuse link E 9F10 GG25 1 pièce

2CSM258713R1801 E 9F10 GG32 Fuse link E 9F10 GG32 1 pièce

2CSM257473R1801 E 9F10 AM05 Fuse link E 9F10 AM05 1 pièce

2CSM256293R1801 E 9F10 AM1 Fuse link E 9F10 AM1 1 pièce

2CSM277563R1801 E 9F10 AM2 Fuse link E 9F10 AM2 1 pièce

2CSM277343R1801 E 9F10 AM4 Fuse link E 9F10 AM4 1 pièce

2CSM277123R1801 E 9F10 AM6 Fuse link E 9F10 AM6 1 pièce

2CSM258733R1801 E 9F10 AM8 Fuse link E 9F10 AM8 1 pièce

2CSM257553R1801 E 9F10 AM10 Fuse link E 9F10 AM10 1 pièce

2CSM256373R1801 E 9F10 AM12 Fuse link E 9F10 AM12 1 pièce

2CSM258643R1801 E 9F10 AM16 Fuse link E 9F10 AM16 1 pièce

2CSM257463R1801 E 9F10 AM20 Fuse link E 9F10 AM20 1 pièce

2CSM256283R1801 E 9F10 AM25 Fuse link E 9F10 AM25 1 pièce

2CSM277553R1801 E 9F10 AM32 Fuse link E 9F10 AM32 1 pièce

2CCS500900R0181 ZLS725 Spare parts ZLS725 1 pack

2CCS400900R0091 ZLS726 Spare parts ZLS726 1 pack

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Appareillage modulaire et parafoudres  → Protection and Safety Devices  → Cylindrical Fuse Holders and Fuse
Switch Disconnectors
Disjoncteur
Moteur
PRODUCT-DETAILS

T4N 250 PR222MP In=160 3p F F


T4N 250 Ekip M-LRIU In=160 3p F F

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit T4N 250 PR222MP In=160 3p F F
Code de produit 1SDA054523R1
EAN 8015644556242
Description courte T4N 250 Ekip M-LRIU In=160 3p F F
C.BREAKER TMAX T4N 250 FIXED THREE-POLE WITH FRONT TERMINALS AND
Description longue
SOLID-STATE RELEASE IN AC Ekip M-LRIU R 160

Commande
EAN 8015644556242
Quantité minimum 1 pièce
Code douanier 85362090

Dimensions
Produit Largeur Net 105 mm
Produit Hauteur Net 205 mm
Produit Longueur Net 103.5 mm
Poids net 3.5 kg

Emballage
T4N 250 PR222MP In=160 3p F F 2

Emballage Niveau 1 1 pièce


Unités
Emballage Niveau 1 248 mm
Largeur
Emballage Niveau 1 240 mm
Hauteur
Emballage Niveau 1 285 mm
Longueur
Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 3.5 kg
Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 8015644556242

Informations Supplémentaires
Electrical Durability 8000 cycle
120 cycles per hour
Durabilite mecanique 20000 cycle
240 cycles per hour
Nombre de pôles 3
Power Loss at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 4.4 W
Groupe de produit SACE Tmax T
Type de produit Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
Type de produit CB
Courant nominal (I n ) 160 A

Tension assignée de 8 kV
tenue aux chocs (U imp )

Tension assignée 1000 V


d’isolement (U i )

Tension 690 V AC
750 V DC
Pourvoir assigné de (220 V AC) 70 kA
coupure de service en (230 V AC) 70 kA
court-circuit (I cs ) (380 V AC) 36 kA
(400 V AC) 36 kA
(415 V AC) 36 kA
(440 V AC) 30 kA
(500 V AC) 25 kA
(690 V AC) 20 kA
Pouvoir assigné de (220 V AC) 7 kA
coupure ultime en court- (230 V AC) 7 kA
circuit (I cu ) (380 V AC) 36 kA
(400 V AC) 36 kA
(415 V AC) 36 kA
(440 V AC) 30 kA
(500 V AC) 25 kA
(690 V AC) 20 kA
(250 V DC) 2 Poles in Series 36 kA
(250 V DC) 3 Poles in Series 25 kA
(500 V DC) 3 Poles in Series 16 kA
Courant assigné 250 A
ininterromptu (I u )

Release Ekip M-LRIU


Release Type EL
Short-Circuit Performance N
Level
Normes et standards IEC 60947
Sub-type T4
Suitable For T4
Suitable for Product Class Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Terminal Connection Type Fixed Circuit-Breakers
Front
Test Voltage Max (U test ) 3500 V

Test Voltage at Industrial 3500 V


Frequency for 1 Minute
T4N 250 PR222MP In=160 3p F F 3

Version F

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Fiche produit, informations 1SDC210004D0203
techniques
Déclaration de Conformité 1SDL000165R0004
- CE
Environmental Information 1SDL000143R0
Instructions et manuels 1SDH000436R0001
Instructions and Manuals ITSCE-RH0100001
(Part 2)
RoHS Information 1SDL000201R0001

Classifications
ETIM 4 EC000228 - Power circuit-breaker for trafo/generator/installation prot.
ETIM 5 EC000228 - Power circuit-breaker for trafo/generator/installation prot.
ETIM 6 EC000228 - disjoncteur pour transformateur, générateur et protection
d'installation
Object Classification Code Q
UNSPSC 39121100
Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

Catégories

Produits basse tension → Disjoncteurs de puissance → Disjoncteurs Boîtier Moulé → Tmax T


PRODUCT-DETAILS

AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc


AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc

Code de produit 1SDA054915R1

EAN 8015644560447

Description courte AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc

3 CONTACTS INVERSEUR OUVERT-FERME + 1 CONTACT OUVERT PAR


Description longue
DECLENCHEUR V <(><<)> 24V CC CABLES T4-T5-T6

Commande
EAN 8015644560447

Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85389099

Dimensions
Poids net 0.2 kg

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 1 pièce
AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc 2

Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 110 mm


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 60 mm
Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 140 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.237 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 8015644560447

Environnement
RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU and Amendment 2015/863 July 22, 2019

Informations Supplémentaires
Configuration Type Loose or configurable

Number of Auxiliary 4
Contacts CO (SPDT)

Groupe de produit Accessories for Tmax T

Type de produit Accessory

Type de produit ACC

Normes et standards IEC

Suitable For T4, T5, T6

Suitable for Product Class SACE Tmax T

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Fiche produit, informations 1SDC210015D0208
techniques 1SDC210300D0201

Déclaration de Conformité 1SDL000165R0001


- CE

Instructions et manuels 1SDH000436R0604

REACH Declaration 9AKK108466A1425

RoHS Information 9AKK108466A1424

Classifications
ETIM 6 EC000041 - bloc de contact auxiliaire

ETIM 7 EC000041 - Auxiliary contact block

Object Classification Code Q

UNSPSC 39120000

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)
AUX-C T4-T5-T6 3Q 1SY 24 Vdc 3

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Disjoncteurs de puissance  → Disjoncteurs Boîtier Moulé  → Accessories for Tmax T
Commande
Signalisation
PRODUCT-DETAILS

AF146-30-11-11
AF146-30-11-11 Contactor

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit AF146-30-11-11
Code de produit 1SFL467001R1111
EAN 7320500482056
Description courte AF146-30-11-11 Contactor
The AF146-30-11-11 is a 3 pole - 1000 V IEC or 600 V UL contactor with pre-mounted
auxiliary contacts and double clamp, controlling motors up to 75 kW / 400 V AC (AC-3) or
100 hp / 480 V UL and switching power circuits up to 225 A (AC-1) or 200 A UL general use.
Thanks to the AF technology, the contactor has a wide control voltage range (24-60 V 50/60
Description longue Hz and 20-60 V DC), managing large control voltage variations, reducing panel energy
consumptions and ensuring distinct operations in unstable networks. Furthermore, surge
protection is built-in, offering a compact solution. AF contactors have a block type design,
can be easily extended with add-on auxiliary contact blocks and an additional wide range of
accessories.

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce
Code douanier 85364900

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 1SBC100192C0206
techniques
Instructions et manuels 1SFC100003M0201
Dimension Diagram 1SFB535001G1051
AF146-30-11-11 2

Dimensions
Produit Largeur Net 90 mm
Produit Longueur Net 126 mm
Produit Hauteur Net 150 mm
Poids net 1.55 kg

Technique
Number of Main Contacts 3
NO
Number of Main Contacts 0
NC
Number of Auxiliary 1
Contacts NO
Number of Auxiliary 1
Contacts NC
Tension Circuit principal 1000 V
Fréquence assignée (f) Circuit principal 50 / 60 Hz
Courant thermique acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Open Contactors q = 40 °C 225 A
conventionnel à l’air libre
(I th )

Courant assignée (1000 V) 40 °C 225 A


d’emploi AC-1 (I e ) (1000 V) 55 °C 200 A
(1000 V) 60 °C 200 A
(1000 V) 70 °C 175 A
(690 V) 40 °C 225 A
(690 V) 55 °C 200 A
(690 V) 60 °C 200 A
(690 V) 70 °C 175 A
Courant assignée (415 V) 55 °C 146 A
d’emploi AC-3 (I e ) (440 V) 55 °C 146 A
(500 V) 55 °C 130 A
(690 V) 55 °C 93 A
(1000 V) 55 °C 60 A
(380 / 400 V) 55 °C 146 A
(220 / 230 / 240 V) 55 °C 146
Puissance assignée (415 V) 75 kW
d’emploi AC-3 (P e ) (440 V) 90 kW
(500 V) 90 kW
(690 V) 90 kW
(1000 V) 75 kW
(380 / 400 V) 75 kW
(220 / 230 / 240 V) 45 kW
Pouvoir assigné de 8 x Ie AC-3
coupure AC-3
Pouvoir assigné de 10 x Ie AC-3
fermeture AC-3
Dispositif de protection gG Type Fuses 315 A
contre les courts-circuits
Courant assigné de courte at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 10 s 1168 A
durée admissible (I cw ) at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 15 min 200 A
at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 1 min 477 A
at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 1 s 1460 A
at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 30 s 674 A
Maximum Breaking cos phi=0.45 (cos phi=0.35 for Ie > 100 A) at 440 V 3000 A
Capacity cos phi=0.45 (cos phi=0.35 for Ie > 100 A) at 690 V 1500 A
Maximum Electrical (AC-1) 300 cycles per hour
Switching Frequency (AC-2 / AC-4) 150 cycles per hour
(AC-3) 300 cycles per hour
Tension assignée acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 and VDE 0110 (Gr. C) 1000 V
d’isolement (U i ) acc. to UL/CSA 600 V

Tension assignée de Circuit principal 8 kV


tenue aux chocs (U imp )

Durabilite mecanique 5 million


AF146-30-11-11 3

Maximum Mechanical 300 cycles per hour


Switching Frequency
Plage d'utilisation de la (acc. to IEC 60947-4-1) 0.85 x Uc Min. ... 1.1 x Uc Max. (at θ ≤ 70 °C)
bobine selon
Rated Control Circuit 50 Hz 24 ... 60 V
Voltage (U c ) 60 Hz 24 ... 60 V
DC Operation 20 ... 60 V
Coil Consumption Holding at Max. Rated Control Circuit Voltage 50 Hz 5.5 V·A
Holding at Max. Rated Control Circuit Voltage 60 Hz 5.5 V·A
Holding at Max. Rated Control Circuit Voltage DC 2.5 W
Pull-in at Max. Rated Control Circuit Voltage 50 Hz 225 V·A
Pull-in at Max. Rated Control Circuit Voltage 60 Hz 225 V·A
Pull-in at Max. Rated Control Circuit Voltage DC 210 W
Durée de fonctionnement Entre la mise hors tension de la bobine et l'ouverture du contact NO (normally
nominale open) 37 ... 47 ms
Entre la mise sous tension de la bobine et la fermeture du contact NO 25 ... 55
ms
Connecting Capacity Main Flexible 2 x 10 ... 70 mm²
Circuit Rigid Cu-Cable 2 x 10 ... 95 mm²
Connecting Capacity Flexible with Ferrule 2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Auxiliary Circuit Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 2x0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Solid 1 x 1 ... 4 mm²
Stranded 2 x 1 .... 4 mm²
Indice de protection acc. to IEC 60529, IEC 60947-1, EN 60529 Coil Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60529, IEC 60947-1, EN 60529 Main Terminals IP00
Terminal Type Double Clamp

Technique UL/CSA
Maximum Operating Circuit principal 1000 V
Voltage UL/CSA
General Use Rating (600 V AC) 200 A
UL/CSA
Horsepower Rating (200 V AC) Three Phase 40 hp
UL/CSA (208 V AC) Three Phase 40 hp
(220 ... 240 V AC) Three Phase 50 hp
(440 ... 480 V AC) Three Phase 100 hp
(550 ... 600 V AC) Three Phase 125 hp

Environnement
Température de l’air Close to Contactor Fitted with Thermal O/L Relay (0.85 ... 1.1 Uc) -25 ... 50 °C
ambiant Close to Contactor without Thermal O/L Relay (0.85 ... 1.1 Uc) -40 ... 70 °C
Close to Contactor for Storage -40 ... +70 °C
Maximum Operating Without Derating 3000 m
Altitude Permissible
RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU and Amendment 2015/863 July 22, 2019

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


ABS Certificate 14-LD1092198-PDA
BV Certificate BV_36353_A0BV
CB Certificate SEMKO_SE-70479M1
CCS Certificate GB14T00030
CQC Certificate CQC2013010304604055
cUL Certificate 20120925-E36588
Declaration of Conformity 2020980304001304
- CCC
Déclaration de Conformité 2CMT2015-005439
- CE
DNV Certificate DNV_E-14043
DNV GL Certificate DNV_E-14043
AF146-30-11-11 4

EAC Certificate 9AKK107046A8618


Environmental Information 2CMT004732
1SAC200032H0002
GL Certificate DNV_E-14043
Instructions et manuels 1SFC100003M0201
KC Certificate 9AKK107046A9910
LR Certificate LR_14_70011(E1)
PRS Certificate TE_2092_880423_16
RINA Certificate ELE060313XG_002
RMRS Certificate 9AKK107045A6978
RoHS Information 2CMT2015-005439
UL Listing Card UL_E36588

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 box 1 pièce
Unités
Emballage Niveau 1 207 mm
Largeur
Emballage Niveau 1 216 mm
Longueur
Emballage Niveau 1 150 mm
Hauteur
Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 1.75 kg
Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 7320500482056

Classifications
Object Classification Code Q
ETIM 4 EC000066 - Magnet contactor, AC-switching
ETIM 5 EC000066 - Magnet contactor, AC-switching
ETIM 6 EC000066 - contacteur de puissance pour commutation de courant alternatif
ETIM 7 EC000066 - Power contactor, AC switching
eClass V11.0 : 27371003
UNSPSC 39121529
IDEA Granular Category 4755 >> Contactors
Code (IGCC)
E-Number (Finland) 3706364
E-Number (Norway) 4117630

Catégories

Produits basse tension → Produits de Contrôle, Protection et sécurité machines → Contacteurs → Contacteurs monoblocs
AF146-30-11-11 5
PRODUCT-DETAILS

ACS580-01-145A-4
ACS580-01-145A-4 PN: 75 kW, IN: 145 A

Informations générales
Global Commercial Alias ACS580-01-145A-4
Code de produit 3AUA0000080504
ABB désignation de type ACS580-01-145A-4
EAN 6438177305606
Description courte ACS580-01-145A-4 PN: 75 kW, IN: 145 A
The ACS580-01 is plug-in ready to control your compressors, conveyors, pumps, extruders,
centrifuges, mixers, fans and many other variable and constant torque applications, in a
variety of light industries, including food and beverage, plastic, textile, material handling, and
agriculture.

All essential features are built-in as standard, simplifying drive selection, and making
Description longue
additional hardware unnecessary. Versatile and straightforward settings menu and
assistants enable fast setup, commissioning, use and maintenance, while rugged and robust
design makes it a good fit for various environments. With the ACS580 drives you can easily
take full control of your processes to comprehensively manage your plant. The wall-mounted
ACS580-01 comes in IP21 enclosure as standard. Also, IP55 and flange mounting units are
available.

Commande
Pays d'origine Finland (FI)
Code douanier 85044084
Description sur la ACS580-01-145A-4 PN: 75 kW, IN: 145 A
facturation
Sur commande Yes
Quantité minimum 1 pièce
Quantité 1 pièce
ACS580-01-145A-4 2

Ne citation que No
Unité de mesure pièce

Emballage
Gross Volume 67.602 dm³

Dimensions
Poids net 42.4 kg
Produit Longueur Net 369 mm
Produit Hauteur Net 727 mm
Produit Largeur Net 252 mm
Emballage Niveau 1 880 mm
Longueur
Emballage Niveau 1 580 mm
Hauteur
Emballage Niveau 1 335 mm
Largeur
Emballage Niveau 1 1 carton
Unités

Technique
Number of Phases 3
Indice de protection IP21
Classe de protection Type1
(NEMA)
Altitude 1000 m
Sound dB (A) 67 dB(A)
Fréquence (f) 50/60 Hz
Tension du secteur (U in ) 380 ... 480 V

Type de montage Wall-mounted


Communication Protocol MODBUS
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
CAN
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET IO
TCP/IP
Other Bus Systems
Number of Hardware Industrial Ethernet 0
Interfaces PROFINET 0
RS-232 0
RS-422 0
RS-485 1
Serial TTY 0
USB 1
Parallel 2
Other 2
Includes With control unit
Without optical interface
With PC connection
Analog Inputs 2
Analog Outputs 2
Number of Digital 6/3
In/Outputs
Output Current, Heavy- 105 A
Duty Use
Output Current, Light- 138 A
Overload Use
ACS580-01-145A-4 3

Output Current, Normal 145 A


Use
Output Power, Heavy- 55 kW
Duty Use
Output Power, Light- 75 kW
Overload Use
Output Power, Normal 75 kW
Use
Apparent Power Output 100 kV·A
Efficiency Level IE2
Standby Loss 36 W
Complete Drive Module
Efficiency (61800-9-2)

Operating Point Absolute Relative


Efficiency
Frequency / Current Loss Loss
0 / 25 % 505 W 0.5 % 91.5 %
0 / 50 % 692 W 0.7 % 93.8 %
0 / 100 % 1238 W 1.2 % 94.4 %
50 / 25 % 557 W 0.6 % 95.3 %
50 / 50 % 791 W 0.8 % 96.5 %
50 / 100 % 1470 W 1.5 % 96.7 %
90 / 50 % 946 W 0.9 % 97.7 %
90 / 100 % 1960 W 2.0 % 97.5 %

Temperature Rating Maximum 40 °C

Informations Supplémentaires
Groupe de produit ACS580-01
Type de produit Frequency converter

Classifications
ETIM 7 EC001857 - Frequency converter =< 1 kV
UNSPSC 39122001

Environnement
SCIP 42f6f782-9c42-4d18-a113-336de5803e6f Finland (FI)
Catégorie DEEE 4. Large Equipment (Any External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

Catégories

Variateurs de vitesse → Variateurs courant alternatif BT → Standard Drive → ACS580-01 - Wall-mounted drive
ACS580-01-145A-4 4
PRODUCT-DETAILS

MS116-4.0
MS116-4.0 Manual Motor Starter

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit MS116-4.0

Code de produit 1SAM250000R1008

EAN 4013614320316

Description courte MS116-4.0 Manual Motor Starter

The MS116-4.0 manual motor starter (also known as motor protection circuit breaker or
manual motor protector) is a compact 45 mm width device with a rated operational current
of Ie = 4.0 A. This device is used to manually switch on and off motors and to protect them
reliably and without the need for a fuse from short-circuits, overload and phase failures. The
manual motor starter offers a rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics = 50 kA at 400
Description longue VAC and trip class 10A. Further features are the build-in disconnect function, temperature
compensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with a clear switch position
indication. The manual motor starter is suitable for three- and single-phase applications.
Auxiliary contacts, signaling contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips, 3-phase bus bars,
power in-feed blocks and locking devices for protection against unauthorized changes are
available as accessory.

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85362010

Downloads Préférés
MS116-4.0 2

Fiche produit, informations 2CDC131025D0201


techniques

Instructions et manuels 2CDC131011M6802

Instructions and Manuals 2CDC131060M0202


(Part 2)

Time-Current 1SAM200505F0108
Characteristic Curve

I²t Characteristic 1SAM200507F0001


1SAM200507F0002
1SAM200507F0003

Cut-off Current 1SAM200508F0001


Characteristic 1SAM200508F0002
1SAM200508F0003

Dimension Diagram 1SAM200422F0001

Dimensions
Produit Largeur Net 45 mm

Produit Hauteur Net 90 mm

Produit Longueur Net 85.6 mm

Poids net 0.265 kg

Technique
Pourvoir assigné de (230 V AC) 50 kA
coupure de service en (400 V AC) 50 kA
court-circuit (I cs ) (440 V AC) 6 kA
(500 V AC) 6 kA
(690 V AC) 2 kA

Pouvoir assigné de (230 V AC) 75 kA


coupure ultime en court- (400 V AC) 75 kA
circuit (I cu ) (440 V AC) 18 kA
(500 V AC) 15 kA
(690 V AC) 3 kA

Courant assigné 50 A
instantané de réglage de
court-circuit (I i )

Setting Range 2.5 ... 4.0 A

Puissance assignée d’ (400 V) Three Phase 1.5 kW


emploi AC-3 (P e )

Puissance assignée d’ (400 V) Three Phase 1.5 kW


emploi AC-3e (P e )

Tension Circuit principal 690 V AC

Rated Operational Current 4A


(I e )

Courant assignée d’ 4A
emploi AC-3 (I e )

Courant assignée d’ 4A
emploi AC-3e (I e )

Fréquence assignée (f) Circuit principal 50 Hz


Circuit principal 60 Hz

Tension assignée de Circuit principal 6 kV


tenue aux chocs (U imp )

Tension assignée d’ 690 V


MS116-4.0 3

isolement (U i )

Power Loss at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 0.7 ... 1.8 W

Nombre de pôles 3

Courant thermique Main Circuit 4 A


conventionnel à l’air libre
(I th )

Indice de protection Housing IP20


Main Circuit Terminals IP10

Degré de pollution 3

Electrical Durability 100000 cycle

Durabilite mecanique 100000 cycle

Terminal Type Screw Terminals

Connecting Capacity Main Flexible with Ferrule 1/2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Circuit Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 1/2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1/2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Rigid 1/2x 1 ... 4 mm²

Tightening Torque Main Circuit 0.8 ... 1.2 N·m

Wire Stripping Length Main Circuit 9 mm

Recommended Screw Pozidriv 2


Driver

Type d'encastrement Any; 1 ... 6

Mounting on DIN Rail TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715

Minimum Mounting Electrical Conductive Board, Horizontal - Up to 400 V 0 mm


Distance Electrical Conductive Board, Horizontal - Up to 690 V 1.5 mm
Electrical Conductive Board, Vertical 75 mm
Other Device Same Type, Horizontal 0 mm
Other Device Same Type, Vertical 150 mm

Actuator Type Rotary Handle

Contact Position ON / OFF


Indication

Normes et standards IEC/EN 60947-1


IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC/EN 60947-4-1
UL 60947-1
UL 60947-4-1

Technique UL/CSA
Short-Circuit Current Any UL Listed Fuses or Circuit-Breakers, Group Installations (480 V AC) 18 kA
Rating (SCCR) Any UL Listed Fuses or Circuit-Breakers, Group Installations (600 V AC) 5 kA
Any UL Listed Fuses or Circuit-Breakers, Motor Disconnect (480 V AC) 18 kA
Any UL Listed Fuses or Circuit-Breakers, Motor Disconnect (600 V AC) 5 kA

Maximum Operating Circuit principal 600 V AC


Voltage UL/CSA

Ampere Rating UL/CSA 4A

Horsepower Rating (200 V AC) Three Phase 0.75 Hp


UL/CSA (208 V AC) Three Phase 0.75 Hp
(220 ... 240 V AC) Three Phase 1 Hp
(440 ... 480 V AC) Three Phase 2 Hp
(550 ... 600 V AC) Three Phase 3 Hp

Full Load Amps Motor (200 V AC) Three Phase 4 A


Use (208 V AC) Three Phase 4 A
(220 ... 240 V AC) Three Phase 4 A
(440 ... 480 V AC) Three Phase 4 A
(550 ... 600 V AC) Three Phase 3.9 A

Locked Rotor Amps (200 V AC) Three Phase 24 A


MS116-4.0 4

(208 V AC) Three Phase 24 A


(220 ... 240 V AC) Three Phase 24 A
(440 ... 480 V AC) Three Phase 24 A
(550 ... 600 V AC) Three Phase 25.6 A

General Use Rating (600 V AC) 4 A


UL/CSA

Connecting Capacity Main Flexible 1/2x 16-12 AWG


Circuit UL/CSA Stranded 1/2x 16-12 AWG

Tightening Torque Main Circuit 10 in·lb


UL/CSA

Environnement
Température de l’air Around the Enclosure 0 ... +40 °C
ambiant Operation -25 ... +70 °C
Operation Compensated -25 ... +55 °C
Storage -50 ... +80 °C

Ambient Air Temperature Yes


Compensation

Maximum Operating 2000 m


Altitude Permissible

Resistance to Shock acc. 11 ms Pulse 25g


to IEC 60068-2-27

Resistance to Vibrations 5g / 3 ... 150 Hz


acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


ABS Certificate 1SAA963000-0104

BV Certificate 1SAA963000-0204

CB Certificate 1SAA963005-2003
1SAA963006-2001

CQC Certificate CQC2011010307506570


CQC2014010307744794

cUL Certificate cUL_E137861

Cut-off Current 1SAM200508F0001


Characteristic 1SAM200508F0002
1SAM200508F0003

Declaration of Conformity 2020980307003705


- CCC 2020980307003043

Déclaration de Conformité 1SAD938522-0060


- CE

Declaration of Conformity 1SAD938502-1060


- UKCA

DNV Certificate 1SAA963000-0304

DNV GL Certificate 1SAA963000-0304

EAC Certificate 1SAA963000-2701

Environmental Information 1SAC200050H0009

GL Certificate 1SAA963000-0402

I²t Characteristic 1SAM200507F0001


1SAM200507F0002
1SAM200507F0003

Instructions et manuels 2CDC131011M6802

Instructions and Manuals 2CDC131060M0202


MS116-4.0 5

(Part 2)

KC Certificate 1SAA963000-1501

LR Certificate 1SAA963000-0505

RMRS Certificate 1SAA918000-0704

RoHS Information 1SAD938517-0060

Time-Current 1SAM200505F0108
Characteristic Curve

UL Certificate UL_E137861

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 box 1 pièce
Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 92 mm
Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 95 mm
Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 50 mm
Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.28 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 4013614320316

Emballage Niveau 2 carton 40 pièce


Unités

Emballage Niveau 2 280 mm


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 2 395 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 2 210 mm


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 2 Poids 11.586 kg

Emballage Niveau 2 EAN 4013614408687

Classifications
Object Classification Code F

ETIM 4 EC000074 - Motor protective circuit-breaker

ETIM 5 EC000074 - Motor protective circuit-breaker

ETIM 6 EC000074 - disjoncteur/démarreur de moteur

ETIM 7 EC000074 - Motor protection circuit-breaker

eClass V11.0 : 27370401

UNSPSC 39121521

IDEA Granular Category 4845 >> 3 Pole Motor Circuit Protector Circuit Breakers
Code (IGCC)

E-Number (Finland) 3706008

E-Number (Sweden) 3111944

Accessories
Unit Of
Identifier Description Type Quantity
Measure

1SAM201901R1001 HKF1-11 Auxiliary Contact HKF1-11 1 pièce


MS116-4.0 6

1SAM201901R1201 HKF1-11K Auxiliary Contact HKF1-11K 1 pièce

1SAM201901R1002 HKF1-20 Auxiliary Contact HKF1-20 1 pièce

1SAM201901R1202 HKF1-20K Auxiliary Contact HKF1-20K 1 pièce

1SAM201901R1004 HKF1-01 Auxiliary Contact HKF1-01 1 pièce

1SAM201901R1003 HKF1-10 Auxiliary Contact HKF1-10 1 pièce

1SAM201902R1002 HK1-20 Auxiliary Contact HK1-20 1 pièce

1SAM201902R1202 HK1-20K Auxiliary Contact HK1-20K 1 pièce

1SAM201902R1001 HK1-11 Auxiliary Contact HK1-11 1 pièce

1SAM201902R1201 HK1-11K Auxiliary Contact HK1-11K 1 pièce

1SAM201902R1003 HK1-02 Auxiliary Contact HK1-02 1 pièce

1SAM201902R1203 HK1-02K Auxiliary Contact HK1-02K 1 pièce

1SAM201902R1004 HK1-20L Auxiliary Contact HK1-20L 1 pièce

1SAM201902R1204 HK1-20LK Auxiliary Contact HK1-20LK 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1002 SK1-20 Signaling Contact SK1-20 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1202 SK1-20K Signaling Contact SK1-20K 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1005 SK1-20AR Signaling Contact SK1-20AR 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1205 SK1-20ARK Signaling Contact SK1-20ARK 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1001 SK1-11 Signaling Contact SK1-11 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1201 SK1-11K Signaling Contact SK1-11K 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1004 SK1-11AR Signaling Contact SK1-11AR 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1204 SK1-11ARK Signaling Contact SK1-11ARK 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1003 SK1-02 Signaling Contact SK1-02 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1203 SK1-02K Signaling Contact SK1-02K 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1006 SK1-02AR Signaling Contact SK1-02AR 1 pièce

1SAM201903R1206 SK1-02ARK Signaling Contact SK1-02ARK 1 pièce

1SAM201910R1001 AA1-24 Shunt Trip AA1-24 1 pièce

1SAM201910R1002 AA1-110 Shunt Trip AA1-110 1 pièce

1SAM201910R1003 AA1-230 Shunt Trip AA1-230 1 pièce

1SAM201910R1004 AA1-400 Shunt Trip AA1-400 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1010 UA1-20 Undervoltage Release UA1-20 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1001 UA1-24 Undervoltage Release UA1-24 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1002 UA1-48 Undervoltage Release UA1-48 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1003 UA1-60 Undervoltage Release UA1-60 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1004 UA1-110 Undervoltage Release UA1-110 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1008 UA1-208 Undervoltage Release UA1-208 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1005 UA1-230 Undervoltage Release UA1-230 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1006 UA1-400 Undervoltage Release UA1-400 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1007 UA1-415 Undervoltage Release UA1-415 1 pièce

1SAM201904R1009 UA1-575 Undervoltage Release UA1-575 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1102 PS1-2-0-65 Busbar PS1-2-0-65 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1112 PS1-2-1-65 Busbar PS1-2-1-65 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1122 PS1-2-2-65 Busbar PS1-2-2-65 1 pièce

1SAM201916R1103 PS1-3-0-100 Busbar PS1-3-0-100 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1103 PS1-3-0-65 Busbar PS1-3-0-65 1 pièce

1SAM201916R1113 PS1-3-1-100 Busbar PS1-3-1-100 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1113 PS1-3-1-65 Busbar PS1-3-1-65 1 pièce

1SAM201916R1123 PS1-3-2-100 Busbar PS1-3-2-100 1 pièce


MS116-4.0 7

1SAM201906R1123 PS1-3-2-65 Busbar PS1-3-2-65 1 pièce

1SAM201916R1104 PS1-4-0-100 Busbar PS1-4-0-100 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1104 PS1-4-0-65 Busbar PS1-4-0-65 1 pièce

1SAM201916R1114 PS1-4-1-100 Busbar PS1-4-1-100 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1114 PS1-4-1-65 Busbar PS1-4-1-65 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1124 PS1-4-2-65 Busbar PS1-4-2-65 1 pièce

1SAM201916R1105 PS1-5-0-100 Busbar PS1-5-0-100 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1105 PS1-5-0-65 Busbar PS1-5-0-65 1 pièce

1SAM201916R1115 PS1-5-1-100 Busbar PS1-5-1-100 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1115 PS1-5-1-65 Busbar PS1-5-1-65 1 pièce

1SAM201906R1125 PS1-5-2-65 Busbar PS1-5-2-65 1 pièce

1SAM201907R1101 S1-M1-25 Power Infeed Block S1-M1-25 1 pièce

1SAM201907R1102 S1-M2-25 Power Infeed Block S1-M2-25 1 pièce

1SAM201907R1103 S1-M3-25 Power Infeed Block S1-M3-25 1 pièce

1SAM201913R1103 S1-M3-35 Power Infeed Block S1-M3-35 1 pièce

1SAM201914R1002 S1-PB1-25 Power Infeed Block S1-PB1-25 1 pièce

1SAM201914R1001 PB1-1-32 Connecting Link PB1-1-32 1 pièce

1SAM201908R1001 BS1-3 Protection Cover BS1-3 1 pièce

1SAM201909R1001 FS116 Screw Fixing Kit FS116 1 pièce

GJF1101903R0001 SA1 Terminals and Installation Material SA1 1 pièce

GJF1101903R0002 SA2 Terminals and Installation Material SA2 1 pièce

GJF1101903R0003 SA3 Terminals and Installation Material SA3 1 pièce

1SAM201911R1012 IB132-F Enclosure IB132-F 1 pièce

1SAM201911R1010 IB132-G Enclosure IB132-G 1 pièce

1SAM201911R1011 IB132-Y Enclosure IB132-Y 1 pièce

1SAM201912R1010 DMS132-G Door Mounting Kit DMS132-G 1 pièce

1SAM201912R1011 DMS132-Y Door Mounting Kit DMS132-Y 1 pièce

1SAM201909R1021 MSAH1 Shaft Supporter MSAH1 1 pièce

1SAM201920R1001 MSHD-LB Handles MSHD-LB 1 pièce

1SAM201920R1002 MSHD-LY Handles MSHD-LY 1 pièce

1SAM201920R1000 MSH-AR Shaft Alignment Ring MSH-AR 1 pièce

1SAM101923R0002 MSMN Driver MSMN 1 pièce

1SCA101655R1001 OXS6X130 SHAFT OXS6X130 1 pièce

1SAM101923R0012 MSMNO Driver MSMNO 1 pièce

1SCA101659R1001 OXS6X180 SHAFT OXS6X180 1 pièce

1SCA101647R1001 OXS6X85 SHAFT OXS6X85 1 pièce

1SCA108043R1001 OXS6X105 SHAFT OXS6X105 1 pièce

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Disjoncteurs de puissance  → Disjoncteurs-moteurs

Produits basse tension  → Produits de Contrôle, Protection et sécurité machines  → Disjoncteurs-moteurs  → Disjoncteurs-moteurs
MS116-4.0 8
PRODUCT-DETAILS

M1174
M1174 Socket outlet

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit M1174

Code de produit 2CSM110000R0711

EAN 8012542006602

Description courte M1174 Socket outlet

This modular socket allows the connection of devices, tools or electrical and electronic non
Description longue
modular equipments in civil and industrial electrical switchboards.

Technique
Normes et standards French standard

Tension nominale (U r ) 250 V

Courant nominal (I n ) 16 A

Power Loss at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 0.6 W

Number of Active Pin 2


Terminals

Options Provided None

Model Number Other

Couleur Grey
M1174 2

Environnement
Indice de protection IP20

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2002/95/EC August 18, 2005 and amendment

Environmental Information See RoHS Information

Dimensions
Width in Number of 2.5
Modular Spacings

Produit Largeur Net 0.045 m

Produit Hauteur Net 0.085 m

Produit Longueur Net 0.070 m

Poids net 0.120 kg

Profondeur 60 mm
d'encastrement (t 2 )

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 1 pièce
Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 0.09 m


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 0.08 m


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 0.18 m


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.54 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 8012542006619

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85369010

E-Number (Finland) 2519724

E-Number (Sweden) 2100358

Pays d'origine Romania (RO)

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Déclaration de Conformité 9AKK107492A6968
- CE

Environmental Information See RoHS Information

Instructions et manuels No document needed

RoHS Information 2CCC413008D0206

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 2CSC400002D0209
techniques
M1174 3

Instructions et manuels No document needed

Classifications
ETIM 7 EC001663 - Socket outlet for distribution board

ETIM 8 EC001663 - Socket outlet for distribution board

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

DEEE B2C / B2B Business To Consumer

CN8 85369010

Object Classification Code X

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Appareillage modulaire et parafoudres  → Command and Signalling Devices  → Prises
PRODUCT-DETAILS

AF09-30-10-14
AF09-30-10-14 250-500V50/60HZ-DC Contactor

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit AF09-30-10-14

Code de produit 1SBL137001R1410

EAN 3471523110045

Description courte AF09-30-10-14 250-500V50/60HZ-DC Contactor

The AF09-30-10-14 is a 3 pole - 690 V IEC or 600 UL contactor with 1 built-in auxiliary
contact and screw terminals, controlling motors up to 4 kW / 400 V AC (AC-3) or 5 hp / 480
V UL and switching power circuits up to 25 A (AC-1) or 25 A UL general use. Thanks to the
AF technology, the contactor has a wide control voltage range (250-500 V 50/60 Hz and
Description longue
DC), managing large control voltage variations, reducing panel energy consumptions and
ensuring distinct operations in unstable networks. Furthermore, surge protection is built-in,
offering a compact solution. AF contactors have a block type design, can be easily extended
with add-on auxiliary contact blocks and an additional wide range of accessories.

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 85364900

Downloads Préférés
Instructions et manuels 1SBC101027M6801
AF09-30-10-14 2

Dimensions
Produit Largeur Net 45 mm

Produit Longueur Net 77 mm

Produit Hauteur Net 86 mm

Poids net 0.31 kg

Technique
Number of Main Contacts 3
NO

Number of Main Contacts 0


NC

Number of Auxiliary 1
Contacts NO

Number of Auxiliary 0
Contacts NC

Normes et standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1, UL 508, CSA C22.2 N°
14

Tension Circuit auxiliaire 690 V


Circuit principal 690 V

Fréquence assignée (f) Circuit auxiliaire 50 / 60 Hz


Circuit principal 50 / 60 Hz

Courant thermique acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Open Contactors q = 40 °C 35 A


conventionnel à l’air libre acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, q = 40 °C 16 A
(I th )

Courant assignée d’ (690 V) 40 °C 25 A


emploi AC-1 (I e ) (690 V) 60 °C 25 A
(690 V) 70 °C 22 A

Courant assignée d’ (415 V) 60 °C 9 A


emploi AC-3 (I e ) (440 V) 60 °C 9 A
(500 V) 60 °C 9.5 A
(690 V) 60 °C 7 A
(380 / 400 V) 60 °C 9 A
(220 / 230 / 240 V) 60 °C 9 A

Courant assignée d’ (415 V) 60 °C 9 A


emploi AC-3e (I e ) (440 V) 60 °C 9 A
(500 V) 60 °C 9.5 A
(690 V) 60 °C 7 A
(380 / 400 V) 60 °C 9 A
(220 / 230 / 240 V) 60 °C 9 A

Puissance assignée d’ (400 V) 4 kW


emploi AC-3 (P e ) (415 V) 4 kW
(440 V) 4 kW
(500 V) 5.5 kW
(690 V) 5.5 kW
(380 / 400 V) 4 kW
(220 / 230 / 240 V) 2.2 kW

Puissance assignée d’ (415 V) 4 kW


emploi AC-3e (P e ) (440 V) 4 kW
(500 V) 5.5 kW
(690 V) 5.5 kW
(380 / 400 V) 4 kW
(220 / 230 / 240 V) 2.2 kW

Courant assignée d’ (500 V) 2 A


emploi AC-15 (I e ) (690 V) 2 A
(24 / 127 V) 6 A
(220 / 240 V) 4 A
(400 / 440 V) 3 A
AF09-30-10-14 3

Courant assigné de courte at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 10 s 150 A
durée admissible (I cw ) at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 15 min 35 A
at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 1 min 60 A
at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 1 s 300 A
at 40 °C Ambient Temp, in Free Air, from a Cold State 30 s 80 A
for 0.1 s 140 A
for 1 s 100 A

Maximum Breaking cos phi=0.45 (cos phi=0.35 for Ie > 100 A) at 440 V 250 A
Capacity cos phi=0.45 (cos phi=0.35 for Ie > 100 A) at 690 V 106 A

Maximum Electrical (AC-1) 600 cycles per hour


Switching Frequency (AC-15) 1200 cycles per hour
(AC-2 / AC-4) 300 cycles per hour
(AC-3) 1200 cycles per hour
(DC-13) 900 cycles per hour

Courant assignée d’ (24 V) 6 A / 144 W


emploi DC-13 (I e ) (48 V) 2.8 A / 134 W
(72 V) 1 A / 72 W
(110 V) 0.55 A / 60 W
(125 V) 0.55 A / 69 W
(220 V) 0.27 A / 60 W
(250 V) 0.27 A / 68 W
(400 V) 0.15 A / 60 W
(500 V) 0.13 A / 65 W
(600 V) 0.1 A / 60 W

Tension assignée d’ acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 and VDE 0110 (Gr. C) 690 V
isolement (U i ) acc. to UL/CSA 600 V

Tension assignée de 6 kV
tenue aux chocs (U imp )

Maximum Mechanical 3600 cycles per hour


Switching Frequency

Rated Control Circuit 50 Hz 250 ... 500 V


Voltage (U c ) 60 Hz 250 ... 500 V
DC Operation 250 ... 500 V

Durée de fonctionnement Entre la mise hors tension de la bobine et la fermeture du contact NC (normally
nominale closed) 13 ... 98 ms
Entre la mise hors tension de la bobine et l'ouverture du contact NO (normally
open) 11 ... 95 ms
Entre la mise sous tension de la bobine et l'ouverture du contact NC 38 ... 90
ms
Entre la mise sous tension de la bobine et la fermeture du contact NO 40 ... 95
ms

Mounting on DIN Rail TH35-7.5 (35 x 7.5 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715
TH35-15 (35 x 15 mm Mounting Rail) acc. to IEC 60715

Mounting by Screws (not 2 x M4 screws placed diagonally


supplied)

Connecting Capacity Main Flexible with Ferrule 1/2x 0.75 ... 6 mm²
Circuit Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Rigid 1/2x 1 ... 6 mm²

Connecting Capacity Flexible with Ferrule 1/2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Auxiliary Circuit Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Rigid 1/2x 1 ... 2.5 mm²

Connecting Capacity Flexible with Ferrule 1/2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Control Circuit Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Rigid 1/2x 1 ... 2.5 mm²

Wire Stripping Length Auxiliary Circuit 10 mm


Control Circuit 10 mm
Main Circuit 10 mm

Indice de protection acc. to IEC 60529, IEC 60947-1, EN 60529 Auxiliary Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60529, IEC 60947-1, EN 60529 Coil Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60529, IEC 60947-1, EN 60529 Main Terminals IP20
AF09-30-10-14 4

Terminal Type Screw Terminals

Technique UL/CSA
General Use Rating (600 V AC) 25 A
UL/CSA

Horsepower Rating (120 V AC) Single Phase 3/4 hp


UL/CSA (200 ... 208 V AC) Three Phase 2 hp
(220 ... 240 V AC) Three Phase 2 hp
(240 V AC) Single Phase 1-1/2 hp
(440 ... 480 V AC) Three Phase 5 hp
(550 ... 600 V AC) Three Phase 7-1/2 hp

Tightening Torque Auxiliary Circuit 11 in·lb


UL/CSA Control Circuit 11 in·lb
Main Circuit 13 in·lb

Environnement
Température de l’air Close to Contactor Fitted with Thermal O/L Relay -25 ... 60 °C
ambiant Close to Contactor without Thermal O/L Relay -40 ... 70 °C
Close to Contactor for Storage -60 ... +80 °C

Climatic Withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q

Maximum Operating Without Derating 3000 m


Altitude Permissible

Resistance to Vibrations 5 ... 300 Hz 4 g closed position / 2 g open position


acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

Resistance to Shock acc. Closed, Shock Direction: B1 25 g


to IEC 60068-2-27 Open, Shock Direction: B1 5 g
Shock Direction: A 30 g
Shock Direction: B2 15 g
Shock Direction: C1 25 g
Shock Direction: C2 25 g

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


ABS Certificate ABS_20-2060694-PDA

BV Certificate BV_2634H24898B0

CB Certificate CB_SE-96551M1

CCC Certificate CCC_2010010304445624

CQC Certificate CQC2010010304445624


CQC2020010304298240

cUL Certificate UL_20180227_E312527_7_1

Declaration of Conformity 2020980304001253


- CCC 2020980304001082

Déclaration de Conformité 1SBD250000U1000


- CE

DNV Certificate DNV-GL_TAE00001AF-3

DNV GL Certificate DNV-GL_TAE00001AF-3

EAC Certificate EAC_RU_FRME77B03447

Environmental Information 1SBD250147E1000


1SBC100222M0201

GL Certificate DNV-GL_TAE00001AF-3

GOST Certificate GOST_POCCFR.ME77.B07175.pdf


AF09-30-10-14 5

Instructions et manuels 1SBC101027M6801

KC Certificate KC_HW02016-15004C

LR Certificate LRS_1300087E1

RINA Certificate RINA_ELE240318XG

RMRS Certificate RMRS_1802705280

RoHS Information 1SBD250000U1000

UL Certificate UL_20140305-E312527_7_1

UL Listing Card E312527

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 box 1 pièce
Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 87 mm
Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 79 mm
Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 47 mm
Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.31 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 3471523110045

Emballage Niveau 2 box 27 pièce


Unités

Emballage Niveau 2 250 mm


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 2 300 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 2 315 mm


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 2 Poids 8.37 kg

Emballage Niveau 3 1296 pièce


Unités

Classifications
Object Classification Code Q

ETIM 4 EC000066 - Magnet contactor, AC-switching

ETIM 5 EC000066 - Magnet contactor, AC-switching

ETIM 6 EC000066 - contacteur de puissance pour commutation de courant alternatif

ETIM 7 EC000066 - Power contactor, AC switching

eClass V11.0 : 27371003

UNSPSC 39121529

E-Number (Finland) 3706202

E-Number (Sweden) 3210011


AF09-30-10-14 6

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Produits de Contrôle, Protection et sécurité machines  → Contacteurs  → Contacteurs monoblocs
PRODUCT-DETAILS

SK1-11
SK1-11 Signaling Contact

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit SK1-11

Code de produit 1SAM201903R1001

EAN 4013614320392

Description courte SK1-11 Signaling Contact

Signaling contacts SK1 with screw terminals signal the tripping of the manual motor starter.
For SK1 the indication on the device itself is done with a protruding orange button. The
contact positions of SK1 need to be manually reset after a tripping event by pushing the
Description longue orange button. SK1 signaling contacts signal tripping regardless if it was caused by short-
circuit, overload or electrical release (AA1 or UA1). They are attached on the right side of
the manual motor starter. Signaling contacts SK1 are available as normally open or normally
closed contacts.

Commande
Quantité minimum 2 pièce

Code douanier 85365080

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 1SBC100192C02--
techniques

Instructions et manuels 2CDC131011M6802


SK1-11 2

2CDC131034M6801
2CDC131022M6802
2CDC131120M6801
2CDC131081M6801
2CDC131082M6801

Dimensions
Produit Largeur Net 9 mm

Produit Hauteur Net 90 mm

Produit Longueur Net 78.5 mm

Poids net 0.035 kg

Technique
Terminal Type Screw Terminals

Tension 690 V AC
600 V DC
Circuit principal 690 V

Courant assignée d’ (24 V) 6 A


emploi AC-15 (I e ) (240 V) 4 A
(690 V) 1 A
(380 / 400 V) 3 A

Courant assignée d’ (24 V) 2 A


emploi DC-13 (I e ) (125 V) 0.55 A
(250 V) 0.27 A
(440 V) 0.15 A
(600 V) 0.15 A

Tension assignée de Circuit auxiliaire 6 kV


tenue aux chocs (U imp )

Tension assignée d’ 690 V


isolement (U i )

Indice de protection IP20

Electrical Durability 100000 cycle

Durabilite mecanique 100000 cycle

Connecting Capacity Flexible with Ferrule 1/2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Auxiliary Circuit Flexible with Insulated Ferrule 1/2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible 1/2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Rigid 1/2x 1 ... 1.5 mm²

Tightening Torque Auxiliary Circuit 0.8 ... 1.2 N·m

Wire Stripping Length Auxiliary Circuit 8 mm

Recommended Screw M3
Driver Pozidriv 2

Number of Auxiliary 1
Contacts NO

Number of Auxiliary 1
Contacts NC

Normes et standards CSA 22.2 No. 14


IEC/EN 60947-1
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
UL 508
UL 60947-1
UL 60947-4-1

Type de produit Signaling Contact

Suitable For MS116


MS132
SK1-11 3

MO132
MS165
MO165

Suitable for Product Class Manual Motor Starter

Accessory Group Electrical

Type d'accessoire Signal Contact

Technique UL/CSA
Maximum Operating Circuit principal 600 V AC
Voltage UL/CSA

Connecting Capacity Flexible 1/2x 16-14 AWG


Auxiliary Circuit UL/CSA Stranded 1/2x 16-14 AWG

Tightening Torque Auxiliary Circuit 7 in·lb


UL/CSA

Contact Rating UL/CSA B600


Q600

Environnement
Température de l’air Operation -25 ... +60 °C
ambiant Storage -50 ... +80 °C

Resistance to Shock acc. 11 ms Pulse 25g


to IEC 60068-2-27

Resistance to Vibrations 5g / 3 ... 150 Hz


acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2011/65/EU

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


ABS Certificate 1SAA963001-0101

BV Certificate 1SAA963002-0201

CB Certificate 1SAA963004-2002

CQC Certificate CQC2017010304032778

cUL Certificate cUL_E137861

Declaration of Conformity 2020980304001252


- CCC

Déclaration de Conformité 1SAD938504-0196


- CE 1SAD938507-0190
1SAD938504-0198
1SAD938506-0197
1SAD938506-0191
1SAD938508-0188
1SAD938509-0183
1SAD938516-0125
1SAD938522-0060
1SAD938503-0304

Declaration of Conformity 1SAD938500-1060


- UKCA

DNV GL Certificate 1SAA963001-0304

Instructions et manuels 2CDC131011M6802


2CDC131034M6801
2CDC131022M6802
2CDC131120M6801
2CDC131081M6801
2CDC131082M6801
SK1-11 4

LR Certificate 1SAA963001-0502
1SAA918001-0501

RINA Certificate 1SAA963002-0802

RoHS Information 1SAD938516-0125

UL Certificate UL_E137861

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 25 mm
Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 80 mm
Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 93 mm
Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.08 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 4013614481499

Emballage Niveau 1 box 2 pièce


Unités

Emballage Niveau 2 280 mm


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 2 395 mm


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 2 210 mm


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 2 Poids 6.15 kg

Emballage Niveau 2 EAN 4013614523625

Emballage Niveau 2 carton 160 pièce


Unités

Classifications
Object Classification Code Q

ETIM 4 EC002498 - Accessories for low-voltage switch technology

ETIM 5 EC000041 - Auxiliary contact block

ETIM 6 EC000041 - bloc de contact auxiliaire

ETIM 7 EC000041 - Auxiliary contact block

eClass V11.0 : 27371302

UNSPSC 39121522

IDEA Granular Category 4742 >> Electrical contacts


Code (IGCC)

E-Number (Finland) 3706020

E-Number (Sweden) 3112011

Catégories
SK1-11 5

Produits basse tension  → Produits de Contrôle, Protection et sécurité machines  → Disjoncteurs-moteurs  → Manual Motor Starters
Accessories
PRODUCT-DETAILS

SQZ3
SQZ3 Phase and sequence relay

Informations générales
Extension du type de produit SQZ3

Code de produit 2CSM111310R1331

EAN 8012542372004

Description courte SQZ3 Phase and sequence relay

Description longue SQZ3 is a phase and sequency relay

Technique
Voltage Rating 400...400 V

Fréquence (f) 50...60 Hz

Power Loss at Rated Operating Conditions per Pole 1.5 W

Product Range Phase and sequence relay, SQZ

Type d'affichage LED

Environnement
RoHS Status Following EU Directive 2002/95/EC August 18, 2005 and amendment

Environmental Information See RoHS Information


SQZ3 2

Dimensions
Produit Largeur Net 0.065 m

Produit Hauteur Net 0.080 m

Produit Longueur Net 0.100 m

Poids net 0.250 kg

Emballage
Emballage Niveau 1 box 1 pièce
Unités

Emballage Niveau 1 0.068 m


Largeur

Emballage Niveau 1 0.082 m


Hauteur

Emballage Niveau 1 0.108 m


Longueur

Emballage Niveau 1 Poids 0.3 kg

Emballage Niveau 1 EAN 8012542372004

Commande
Quantité minimum 1 pièce

Code douanier 90303100

Pays d'origine Italy (IT)

Certificats et Déclarations (Numéro de document)


Déclaration de Conformité No declaration needed
- CE

Environmental Information See RoHS Information

Instructions et manuels No document needed

RoHS Information 2CSC443006K0201

Downloads Préférés
Fiche produit, informations 9AKK106930A8017
techniques

Instructions et manuels No document needed

Classifications
ETIM 7 EC001189 - Phase sequence indicator

ETIM 8 EC001189 - Phase sequence indicator

EPLAN Catalog Tree Electrical engineering / Relays, contactors / General

Catégorie DEEE 5. Small Equipment (No External Dimension More Than 50 cm)

DEEE B2C / B2B Business To Consumer

CN8 90303100

Object Classification Code K


SQZ3 3

Catégories

Produits basse tension  → Appareillage modulaire et parafoudres  → Protection and Safety Devices  → Protection Relays
Data sheet 3UG4501-1AW30
Analog monitoring relay Fill level monitoring Resistance monitoring
from 2 to 200 kohm 0vershoot and undershoot 24 to 240 V AC/DC 50
to 60 Hz DC and AC 2-step or 1-step control Tripping delay 0.5 to 10
s 1 change-over contact screw terminal Successor product for
3UG3501

product brand name SIRIUS


Product designation Level monitoring relay with analog setting
Product type designation 3UG4
Manufacturer's article number
● of the optional sensor 2-pole and 3-pole sensors 3UG3207

General technical data


Product function Monitoring relay for level monitoring
Display version LED Yes
Apparent power consumption
● at DC
— at 24 V maximum 2 V·A
— at 240 V maximum 4 V·A
● at AC
— at 24 V maximum 2 V·A
— at 240 V maximum 4 V·A

3UG4501-1AW30 Subject to change without notice


Page 1/6 08/19/2020 © Copyright Siemens
— insulation voltage for overvoltage category 300 V
III according to IEC 60664 with degree of
pollution 3 rated value
Degree of pollution 3
Type of voltage
● of the control supply voltage AC/DC
Surge voltage resistance rated value 4 kV
● Protection class IP IP20
Shock resistance
● acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 sinusoidal half-wave 15g / 11 ms
Vibration resistance
● acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 1 ... 6 Hz: 15 mm, 6 ... 500 Hz: 2g
Mechanical service life (switching cycles)
● typical 10 000 000
Electrical endurance (switching cycles)
● at AC-15 at 230 V typical 100 000
Reference code acc. to DIN EN 81346-2 K
relative repeat accuracy 1 %

Product Function
Product function
● outlet monitoring adjustable Yes
● adjustable response sensitivity Yes
● inlet monitoring adjustable Yes
● External reset Yes

Control circuit/ Control


Control supply voltage at AC
● at 50 Hz rated value 24 ... 240 V
● at 60 Hz rated value 24 ... 240 V
Control supply voltage at DC
● rated value 24 ... 240 V
operating range factor control supply voltage rated
value at DC
● initial value 0.85
● full-scale value 1.1
operating range factor control supply voltage rated
value at AC at 50 Hz
● initial value 0.85
● full-scale value 1.1
operating range factor control supply voltage rated
value at AC at 60 Hz
● initial value 0.85
● full-scale value 1.1

3UG4501-1AW30 Subject to change without notice


Page 2/6 08/19/2020 © Copyright Siemens
Measuring circuit
adjustable response delay time
● when starting 0.5 ... 10 s
● with lower or upper limit violation 0.5 ... 10 s
Buffering time in the event of power failure minimum 200 ms
physical measuring principle conductive

Precision
Relative metering precision 20 %
Temperature drift per °C 1 %/°C

Auxiliary circuit
Number of NC contacts
● delayed switching 0
Number of NO contacts
● delayed switching 0
Number of CO contacts
● delayed switching 1
operating frequency with 3RT2 contactor maximum 5 000 1/h

Outputs
Ampacity of the output relay at AC-15
● at 250 V at 50/60 Hz 3 A
● at 400 V at 50/60 Hz 3 A
Ampacity of the output relay at DC-13
● at 24 V 1 A
● at 125 V 0.2 A
● at 250 V 0.1 A
Operating current at 17 V minimum 5 mA
Continuous current of the DIAZED fuse link of the 4 A
output relay

Electromagnetic compatibility
Conducted interference
● due to burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV
● due to conductor-earth surge acc. to IEC 2 kV
61000-4-5
● due to conductor-conductor surge acc. to IEC 1 kV
61000-4-5
Field-bound parasitic coupling acc. to IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m
Electrostatic discharge acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 6 kV contact discharge / 8 kV air discharge

Galvanic isolation
● Galvanic isolation between entrance and outlet Yes
● galvanic isolation between the outputs No

3UG4501-1AW30 Subject to change without notice


Page 3/6 08/19/2020 © Copyright Siemens
Connections/ Terminals
Product function
● removable terminal for auxiliary and control Yes
circuit
● type of electrical connection screw-type terminals
● type of connectable conductor cross-sections 1x (0.5 ... 4.0 mm²), 2x (0.5 ... 2.5 mm²)
solid
● Type of connectable conductor cross-sections 1x (0.5 ... 2.5 mm²), 2x (0.5 ... 1.5 mm²)
finely stranded with core end processing
● Type of connectable conductor cross-sections 2x (20 ... 14)
at AWG conductors solid
● Type of connectable conductor cross-sections 2x (20 ... 14)
at AWG conductors stranded
● connectable conductor cross-section solid 0.5 ... 4 mm²
● connectable conductor cross-section finely 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
stranded with core end processing
AWG number as coded connectable conductor cross
section
● solid 20 ... 14
● stranded 20 ... 14
Tightening torque
● with screw-type terminals 0.8 ... 1.2 N·m

Installation/ mounting/ dimensions


● mounting position any
Mounting type screw and snap-on mounting
Height 92 mm
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 91 mm
Required spacing
● with side-by-side mounting
— forwards 0 mm
— Backwards 0 mm
— upwards 0 mm
— downwards 0 mm
— at the side 0 mm
● for grounded parts
— forwards 0 mm
— Backwards 0 mm
— upwards 0 mm
— at the side 0 mm
— downwards 0 mm
● for live parts

3UG4501-1AW30 Subject to change without notice


Page 4/6 08/19/2020 © Copyright Siemens
— forwards 0 mm
— Backwards 0 mm
— upwards 0 mm
— downwards 0 mm
— at the side 0 mm

Ambient conditions
Installation altitude at height above sea level
● maximum 2 000 m
Ambient temperature
● during operation -25 ... +60 °C
● during storage -40 ... +80 °C
● during transport -40 ... +80 °C

Certificates/ approvals
General Product Approval EMC Declaration of Conformity
Miscellaneous

Test Certificates Marine / Shipping other Railway


Type Test Certific- Special Test Certi- Confirmation Vibration and Shock
ates/Test Report ficate

Further information
Information- and Downloadcenter (Catalogs, Brochures,…)
https://www.siemens.com/ic10
Industry Mall (Online ordering system)
https://mall.industry.siemens.com/mall/en/en/Catalog/product?mlfb=3UG4501-1AW30
Cax online generator
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/CAXorder/default.aspx?lang=en&mlfb=3UG4501-1AW30
Service&Support (Manuals, Certificates, Characteristics, FAQs,...)
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/3UG4501-1AW30
Image database (product images, 2D dimension drawings, 3D models, device circuit diagrams, EPLAN macros, ...)
http://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb/cax_de.aspx?mlfb=3UG4501-1AW30&lang=en
Characteristic: Derating
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/3UG4501-1AW30/manual

3UG4501-1AW30 Subject to change without notice


Page 5/6 08/19/2020 © Copyright Siemens
4 www.giovenzana.com 5
Automation Technologies
P

AUXILIARY CONTROLS | PEGASUS SERIES AUXILIARY CONTROLS | PEGASUS SERIES

PUSH BUTTONS Ø22 | WITH COLOUR CAP PUSH BUTTONS Ø22 | WITH LENS CAP

COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK


TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY
• PPRN1 30 10 • PPRL1 30 10
ø30 ø30
• PPRN2 30 10 • PPRL2 30 10
FLUSH • PPRN3 30 10 FLUSH

1-6

1-6
15,5

15,5
• PPRL3 30 10

MOMENTARY
MOMENTARY

PUSH BUTTON • PPRN4 30 10 PUSH BUTTON


• PPRN5 30 10 • PPRL4 30 10

19,2

19,2
• PPRN8 30 10 • PPRL5 30 10

COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK


TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY
• PPSN1 31 10 ø30 • PPSL1 31 10 ø30
• PPSN2 31 10 • PPSL2 31 10
EXTENDED • PPSN3 31 10 EXTENDED

20,5

20,5
1-6

1-6
PUSH PUSH • PPSL3 31 10
BUTTON • PPSN4 31 10 BUTTON
• PPSN5 31 10 • PPSL4 31 10

19,2

19,2
• PPSN8 31 10 • PPSL5 31 10

COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK


TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY

LATCHED
• PPPN1 32 10 ø30 • PPPL1 32 10 ø30

• PPPN2 32 10 • PPPL2 32 10
FLUSH • PPPN3 32 10 FLUSH

18,3

18,3
1-6
• PPPL3 32 10

1-6
PUSH BUTTON • PPPN4 32 10 PUSH BUTTON
• PPPL4 32 10
• PPPN5 32 10
LATCHED

19,2

19,2
• PPPN8 32 10 • PPPL5 32 10

COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK


TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES

IND. LIGHT
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY
ø40
• 35 10 • PLSL1NL 30 10
PPFN1S4N ø30
• PLSL2NL 30 10
MUSHROOM
29,8

1-6
OPERATOR • PPFN2S4N 35 10 FLAT CAP • PLSL3NL 30 10

10
ø40
• PLSL4NL 30 10

20
• PPFN3S4N 35 10
19,2

1-6
• PLSL5NL 30 10

6 www.giovenzana.com 7
Automation Technologies
P

AUXILIARY CONTROLS | PEGASUS SERIES AUXILIARY CONTROLS | PEGASUS SERIES

LED PILOT LIGHT Ø22 MULTIFUNCTION PUSH BUTTONS Ø22 | NOT


PUSH LIGHT
BUTTONS Ø22 WITH LENS CAP

POWER WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK


DESCRIPTION CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
SUPPLY grammi QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY
AC/DC 6V • 1 PLML • 2 L6 15 10 ø30,5
55X30
SINGLE LED AC/DC 12V • 1 PLML • 2 L12 15 10
INDICATOR AC/DC 24V PLML •2 L24 15 10 |
DUAL PPDN 38 10

15

19,7
14,7
AC/DC 48V PLML • 2 L48 15 10 PUSH BUTTON O
X1 X2
AC/DC 110V PLML • 2 L110 15 10

52

20

1-6
AC/DC 220V PLML • 2 L220 15 10
AC 380V •1 PLML •2 L380 15 10

COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK


TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY
COMPLY WITH RULES EN60947-5-1 / GB14048.5 DIAGRAM
| 55X30
Operational temperature °C -5 +40 RESISTANCE PPDNR 38 10
EXTENDED O
Operational umidity 45% ... 90% DUAL

14,7
X1
AC rated frequency Hz 50/60 PUSH BUTTON
R1 PPDNR.3 38 10

20

1-6
Rated insulation voltage 1 min V 2500V
Over voltage category EN60947.1 III
X2
Pollution grade EN60947.1 3
R2
Protection degree EN60529 IP65, IP2X terminals COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK
TYPE CODE SIZES
Connection: INDEX grams QUANTITY
CAPACITY RESISTANCE
Terminal block caliber A2 55X30
C1
Terminal screw M3,5 |
MULTIFUNCTION

22,7
Flexible and solid conductor section min/max n. 1 1/2,5 mm2 - n. 2 1/2,5 mm2 PUSH BUTTON
O PPMN 40 10

14,7
X1 ||
Rated operational voltage Ue AC/DC V 6, 12, 24, 48, 110, 220 R1

1-6
20
AC V 380
Rated operational voltage Ie mA ≤80 6,12V
X2
mA ≤20 24, 48, 110, 220, 380V
R2 MULTIFUNCTION PUSH BUTTONS Ø22
PUSH
| LIGHT
BUTTONS Ø22 WITH LENS CAP
Electrical life h ≥30.000
Brightness cd/m2 100 AC 220 ... 380V
COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK
Mounting ø22,5 TYPE CODE SIZES
mm INDEX grams QUANTITY

|
55X30
PPDL 30 10
DUAL O

19,7
14,7
PUSH BUTTON
|
PPDL.1 30 10

20

1-6
O

COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK


TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY

| 55X30
PPDLR 30 10
EXTENDED O
DUAL

14,7
PUSH BUTTON
PPDLR.3 30 10

20

1-6
Multifunction push buttons - Special symbols and text for horizontal assembly/identification
8 •
1 On demand execution •
2 Insert lens colour code: •1 •2 •3 •4 • 5 are available on request. www.giovenzana.com 9
Automation Technologies
P

AUXILIARY CONTROLS | PEGASUS SERIES AUXILIARY CONTROLS | PEGASUS SERIES

ROTARY SWITCHES Ø22 JOYSTICK OPERATORS Ø22 | IP65 PUSH BUTTONS Ø22 WITH LENS CAP

WITH OPERATOR WITH LEVER WITH KEY 2 POSITIONS 4 POSITIONS


•1 •1
Horizontal Vertical L-H side L-H side
38 30 contact block contact block
ø30 ø30
CONTACT 1 0 2 1 0 2 3 1 0 2 4
BLOCKS
30,3

30,3

1-6

20,4
Left-hand
1-6

62,5
N0 X 0 0 0 0 X X 0 0 0 0

1-6
side
contact
NC 0 0 X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 X
20

block

20

20
Right-hand 0 0 X X 0 0 0 X 0 0 0
side
N0
contact
block NC X 0 0 0 0 X R-H side 0 0 0 X 0 R-H side
contact block contact block

X Contact close
0 Contact open

KEY POSITION CODE WEIGHT MIN. PACK SIZES


COLOUR COLOUR REMOVAL CODE
POSITION CODE CODE
INDEX INDEX 1
L 0 R
0 PMJN8T0
• PSMB1D0 • PSLB1D0 2 ø30
Ø 32
* PSCR8D0C
0 • PSMB2D0 • PSLB2D0 1
R • PSMB3D0 • PSLB3D0 0 PMJN8T3
* PSCR8D0E 2
• PSMB4D0 • PSLB4D0
1
90° • PSMB5D0 • PSLB5D0 3 0 4 PMJN8Q0

2 * * PSCR8D0N

80,2
• PSMB8D0 • PSLB8D0

80,2
2
58 grams 5
1
• PSMB1D2 • PSLB1D2 3 0 4 PMJN8Q4
0 • PSMB2D2 • PSLB2D2 2
R

11-6
-6
• PSMB3D2 • PSLB3D2
* PSCR8D2C 1 0 2 PMJN80S
• PSMB4D2 • PSLB4D2

19,2
19,2
45° • PSMB5D2 • PSLB5D2
• PSMB8D2 • PSLB8D2 1 0 2 PMJN80R

• PSMB1T0 • PSLB1T0 * PSCR8T0C


0 • PSMB2T0 • PSLB2T0 * PSCR8T0A
L R PSCR8T0E POSITION CODE WEIGHT MIN. PACK SIZES
• PSMB3T0 • PSLB3T0 *
* * * PSCR8T0G 1
• PSMB4T0 • PSLB4T0
* * PSCR8T0H 0 PMJN8T01
45° • PSMB5T0 • PSLB5T0 PSCR8T0K
* * 2
• PSMB8T0 • PSLB8T0 * * PSCR8T0N 1 ø32
0 PMJN8T31
• PSMB1T3 • PSLB1T3 2
0 • PSMB2T3 • PSLB2T3 1
L R PMJN8Q01
• PSMB3T3 • PSLB3T3 3 0 4

53
* PSCR8T3C 2
• PSMB4T3 • PSLB4T3 51 grams 5
1
45° • PSMB5T3 • PSLB5T3 3 0 4 PMJN8Q41

1-6
• PSMB8T3 • PSLB8T3 2

PSMB1T2 PSLB1T2

20
• • 1 0 2 PMJN80S1
* PSCR8T2C
0 • PSMB2T2 • PSLB2T2
L R
• PSMB3T2 • PSLB3T2
* PSCR8T2A 1 0 2 PMJN80R1
• PSMB4T2 • PSLB4T2
45° • PSMB5T2 • PSLB5T2
* * PSCR8T2H
• PSMB8T2 • PSLB8T2

• PSMB1T1 • PSLB1T1
* PSCR8T1C
0 • PSMB2T1 • PSLB2T1
L R
• PSMB3T1 • PSLB3T1
* PSCR8T1E
• PSMB4T1 • PSLB4T1
45° • PSMB5T1 • PSLB5T1
* * PSCR8T1N
• PSMB8T1 • PSLB8T1


1 For standard rotary switches suitable to operate a central contact, replace the letter "B" with the letter "C": PSMC * Key removable position
10 •
2 For rotary switches with Left - Right operating angles replace the letters "DO" with "SD": PSMB1DO or PSCR8SDE www.giovenzana.com 11
Automation Technologies
P

AUXILIARY CONTROLS | PEGASUS SERIES AUXILIARY CONTROLS | PEGASUS SERIES

EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTONS Ø22 | EN ISO 13850 EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTONS Ø22 | EN ISO 13850

COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK


TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY
ø40
ø31

MUSHROOM MUSHROOM PPFN1C4NX

60,7
OPERATOR OPERATOR

32,8
• PPFN1R3N 42 10 • (not EN ISO 76 10

1-6
ø30 TWIST ø40 WITH KEY 13850)

38
TO RELEASE RELEASE

1-6
19,2

19,7
COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK
TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY

ø31 ø40
MUSHROOM
OPERATOR MUSHROOM

32,8
• PPFN1R3S 44 10 • PPFN1P4N 44 10

32,8
1-6
WITH VISION OPERATOR

1-6
ø30 TWIST ø40 PUSH-PULL
TO RELEASE

19,2

19,2
COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK
TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY

ø40 ø40
MUSHROOM MUSHROOM
OPERATOR OPERATOR

32,8
32,8
• PPFN1R4N 44 10 • PPFN1P4S 46 10
ø40 TWIST ø40 PUSH-PULL

1-6
1-6
TO RELEASE WITH VISION

19,2
19,2
COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK
TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY

ø40 ø40
MUSHROOM MUSHROOM
OPERATOR OPERATOR

36,3
32,8

WITH VISION • PPFN1R4S 46 10 ø40 PUSH-PULL • PPFN1P4C 45 10


1-6

1-6
ø40 TWIST WITH COLOUR CAP
TO RELEASE
19,2

19,2
COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK
TYPE CODE SIZES TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY INDEX grams QUANTITY

ø40
ø60
MUSHROOM MUSHROOM
OPERATOR OPERATOR

36,3
• PPFN1R6N 50 10 ø40 PUSH-PULL • PPFL1P4N 45 10
32,8

ø60 TWIST

1-6
1-6

TO RELEASE WITH LENS CAP


19,2

19,2
TECHNICAL NOTES
COLOUR WEIGHT MIN. PACK
TYPE CODE SIZES
INDEX grams QUANTITY
• All operators comply with the relevant European standard.
ø60
MUSHROOM • EN ISO 13850: Machine safety - Emergency stop operators, functional characteristics - Design guidelines.
OPERATOR • IEC/EN6097-5-1.
WITH VISION • PPFN1R6S 52 10
32,8

• Comply with the standard IEC/EN60204-1: Machine safety - Machine electrical circuits - General guidelines.
1-6

ø60 TWIST
TO RELEASE • The push buttons are designed with a load charge mechanism to ensure a reliable operation and stoppage, or blockage, in the activate position. The
19,2

combination with positive switching NC • contacts and the presence of the "status" indicator on some models, guarantee a high degree of reliability
and effectiveness.

12 www.giovenzana.com 13
CSL SINGLE PHASE POWER SUPPLIES
SERIES EASY POWER LINE
• Single phase input
• Short circuit, overload, input and output
overvoltage protections
• Over temperature protection

POWER
• Suitable for standard applications

NOTE
Please refer to the datasheet for more details
Above overcurrent limit, the protection starts cycling in
ON/OFF mode(hiccup autoreset), the maximum current
supplied depends by the line resistance
(1) Dual voltage with selection through external jumper
 
   
 
 

  
  
 


CODE XCSL240C XCSL481C


TYPE CSL240C CSL481C
INPUT TECHNICAL DATA
Input rated voltage 120–230 Vac 230 Vac
Input voltage AC 90…132 Vac / 185…264 Vac (1) 187…264 Vac
Input voltage DC ― ―
Frequency 47...63 Hz 47...63 Hz
Current consumption 3.5A (120 Vac) / 1.8 A (230 Vac) 2 A (230 Vac)
Inrush peak current 35 A 20 A
Power factor > 0.6 / >0.85 > 0.95
Internal protection fuse T 6.3 A ―
External protection on AC line MCB: C-10 A / Fuse: T-10 A MCB: C-6 A / Fuse: T-6.3 A
OUTPUT TECHNICAL DATA
Output rated voltage 24 Vdc ±1% 24 Vdc ±1%
Output adjustable range 23...27.5 Vdc 23...27.5 Vdc
Continuous current 10 A at 45°C 20 A at 45°C
Overload limiting 15 A for >30 s 28 A
Short circuit peak current 25 A for 400 ms 50 A for 0.3 s
Ripple @ nominal ratings 50 mVpp 100 mVpp
Hold up time 30 ms (120 Vac) / 60 ms (230 Vac) 20 ms (230 Vac)
Status indication LED "DC OK" LED "DC OK"
Alarm contact ― dry contact, max. 1A @ 24 Vdc (Uout >21.6 Vdc)
Parallel connection possible possible
Redundant parallel connection possible with external ORing diode possible with external ORing diode
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA
Efficency 88% (120 Vac) / 90% (230 Vac) 92% (230 Vac)
Dissipated power 32 W (120 Vac) / 27 W (230 Vac) 42 W (230 Vac)
Operating temperature range –20...+60°C (derating -4 W >45°C) –20...+60°C (derating -16 W >45°C)
Input / output isolation 3 KVac / 60 s (SELV output) 3 KVac / 60 s (SELV output)
Input / ground isolation 1.5 kVac / 60 s 1.5 kVac / 60 s
Output / ground isolation 0.5 kVac / 60 s 0.5 kVac / 60 s
Standard / approvals EN 60950-1 EN 60950-1
EMC Standards EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Overvoltage category / Pollution degree II / 2 II / 2
Protection degree IP 20 IP 20
Connection terminal IN/OUT 2.5 mm² / 2.5 mm² 2.5 mm² / 2.5 mm²
Housing material aluminium aluminium
Dimension 63.5x135x140 mm 73x137x140 mm
Approximate weight 920 g 1 kg
Mounting information vertical on a rail, 10 mm from adjacent components vertical on a rail, 10 mm from adjacent components
APPROVALS

ACCESSORIES
Mounting rail (IEC60715/TH35-7.5) PR/3/AC, PR/3/AC/ZB, PR/3/AS, PR/3/AS/ZB PR/3/AC, PR/3/AC/ZB, PR/3/AS, PR/3/AS/ZB
Mounting rail (IEC60715/TH35-15) PR/3/PP, PR/3/PP/ZB, PR/3/PA, PR/3/PA/ZB PR/3/PP, PR/3/PP/ZB, PR/3/PA, PR/3/PA/ZB
Marking tag ― ―

29
SÉRIE 55 SÉRIE
Relais industriels 7 - 10 A 55
Relais pour usage général - 2, 3 ou 4 contacts 55.12 55.13 55.14
Montage sur circuit imprimé

Type 55.12
-- 2 inverseurs 10 A A
Type 55.13
-- 3 inverseurs 10 A
Type 55.14
-- 4 inverseurs 7 A
• Bobine AC ou DC
• Contacts sans Cadmium
• Options pour matériau des contacts
• Disponible en version RT III (lavable) • 2 inverseurs 10 A • 3 inverseurs 10 A • 4 inverseurs 7 A
• Montage sur circuit imprimé • Montage sur circuit imprimé • Montage sur circuit imprimé

55.12 55.13 55.14

Pour UL Horsepower et Pilot Duty Ratings Voir


Vue coté cuivre Vue coté cuivre Vue coté cuivre
“Informations techniques générales” page V
Caractéristiques des contacts
Configuration des contacts 2 inverseurs 3 inverseurs 4 inverseurs
Courant nominal/Courant max. instantané A 10/20 10/20 7/15
Tension nominale/Tension max. commutableV AC 250/400 250/400 250/250
Charge nominale AC1 VA 2500 2500 1750
Charge nominale AC15 (230 V AC) VA 500 500 350
Puissance moteur monophasé (230 V AC) kW 0.37 0.37 0.125
Pouvoir de coupure en DC1 : 30/110/220 V A 10/0.25/0.12 10/0.25/0.12 7/0.25/0.12
Charge mini commutable mW (V/mA) 300 (5/5) 300 (5/5) 300 (5/5)
Matériau des contacts standards AgNi AgNi AgNi
Caractéristiques de la bobine
Tension d’alimentation V AC (50/60 Hz) 6 - 12 - 24 - 48 - 60 - 110 - 120 - 230 - 240
nominale (UN) V DC 6 - 12 - 24 - 48 - 60 - 110 -125 - 220
Puissance nominale AC/DC VA (50 Hz)/W 1.5/1 1.5/1 1.5/1
Plage d’utilisation AC (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN
DC (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN
Tension de maintien AC/DC 0.8 UN / 0.5 UN 0.8 UN / 0.5 UN 0.8 UN / 0.5 UN
Tension de relâchement AC/DC 0.2 UN / 0.1 UN 0.2 UN / 0.1 UN 0.2 UN / 0.1 UN
Caractéristiques générales
Durée de vie mécanique AC/DC cycles 20 · 106 / 50 · 106 20 · 106 / 50 · 106 20 · 106 / 50 · 106
Durée de vie électrique à pleine charge AC1cycles 200 · 10 3
200 · 10 3
150 · 103
Temps de réponse : excitation/désexcitation ms 10/5 10/5 11/3
Isolement entre bobine et contacts (1.2/50 μs)kV 4 4 4
Rigidité diélectrique entre contacts ouverts V AC 1000 1000 1000
X-2016, www.findernet.com

Température ambiante °C –40…+85 –40…+85 –40…+85


Catégorie de protection RT I RT I RT I
Homologations (suivant les types)

1
SÉRIE SÉRIE 55
55 Relais industriels 7 - 10 A

Relais pour usage général - 2, 3 ou 4 contacts 55.32 55.33 55.34


Montage sur support
Type 55.32
A -- 2 inverseurs 10 A
Type 55.33
-- 3 inverseurs 10 A
Type 55.34
-- 4 inverseurs 7 A
• Bobine AC ou DC
• Bouton test verrouillable et indicateur mécanique
en version standard sur les types 2 et 4 contacts
• Variantes avec LED et module de protection intégrés • 2 inverseurs 10 A • 3 inverseurs 10 A • 4 inverseurs 7 A
• Montage sur supports série 94 pour circuit • Montage sur support série 94 • Montage sur support série 94 • Montage sur support série 94
imprimé ou rail 35 mm (EN 60715) avec bornes
à cage, à ressort ou automatiques type Push-in
• Modules de signalisation et protection CEM
série 99 et modules de temporisation série 86
• UL Listing (pour la combinaison relais + support)
• Contacts sans Cadmium
• Options pour matériau des contacts
• Brevet Européen

55.32 55.33 55.34

Pour UL Horsepower et Pilot Duty Ratings Voir


“Informations techniques générales” page V

Caractéristiques des contacts


Configuration des contacts 2 inverseurs 3 inverseurs 4 inverseurs
Courant nominal/Courant max. instantané A 10/20 10/20 7/15
Tension nominale/Tension max. commutableV AC 250/400 250/400 250/250
Charge nominale AC1 VA 2500 2500 1750
Charge nominale AC15 (230 V AC) VA 500 500 350
Puissance moteur monophasé (230 V AC) kW 0.37 0.37 0.125
Pouvoir de coupure en DC1 : 30/110/220 V A 10/0.25/0.12 10/0.25/0.12 7/0.25/0.12
Charge mini commutable mW (V/mA) 300 (5/5) 300 (5/5) 300 (5/5)
Matériau des contacts standards AgNi AgNi AgNi
Caractéristiques de la bobine
Tension d’alimentation V AC (50/60 Hz) 6 - 12 - 24 - 48 - 60 - 110 - 120 - 230 - 240
nominale (UN) V DC 6 - 12 - 24 - 48 - 60 - 110 -125 - 220
Puissance nominale AC/DC VA (50 Hz)/W 1.5/1 1.5/1 1.5/1
Plage d’utilisation AC (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN
DC (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN (0.8…1.1)UN
Tension de maintien AC/DC 0.8 UN / 0.5 UN 0.8 UN / 0.5 UN 0.8 UN / 0.5 UN
Tension de relâchement AC/DC 0.2 UN / 0.1 UN 0.2 UN / 0.1 UN 0.2 UN / 0.1 UN
Caractéristiques générales
Durée de vie mécanique AC/DC cycles 20 · 106 / 50 · 106 20 · 106 / 50 · 106 20 · 106 / 50 · 106
Durée de vie électrique à pleine charge AC1cycles 200 · 10 3
200 · 10 3
150 · 103
Temps de réponse : excitation/désexcitation ms 10/5 10/5 11/3
Isolement entre bobine et contacts (1.2/50 μs)kV 4 4 4
X-2016, www.findernet.com

Rigidité diélectrique entre contacts ouverts V AC 1000 1000 1000


Température ambiante °C –40…+85 –40…+85 –40…+85
Catégorie de protection RT I RT I RT I
Homologations (suivant les types)

2
SÉRIE 55 SÉRIE
Relais industriels 7 - 10 A 55
Codification
Exemple : série 55, relais industriel embrochable sur support, 4 inverseurs, tension bobine 12 V DC avec bouton test verrouillable et indicateur mécanique.

A B C D A
5 5 . 3 4 . 9 . 0 1 2 . 0 0 4 0
Série A: Matériau contacts D: Version spéciale
0 = Standard AgNi 0 = Standard
Type 5 = AgNi + Au 1 = Lavable (RT III)
1 = Circuit imprimé seulement pour 55.12, 55.13 et 55.14
3 = Embrochable sur support B: Circuit contacts
0 = Inverseur C: Variante
Nb. de contacts 0 = Aucune
2 = 2 contacts, 10 A 1 = Bouton test
3 = 3 contacts, 10 A 2 = Indicateur mécanique
4 = 4 contacts, 7 A 3 = LED (AC)
4 = Bouton test + indicateur
Version bobine mécanique
8 = AC (50/60 Hz) 5 = Bouton test + LED (AC)
9 = DC 54 = Bouton test + LED (AC) +
indicateur mécanique
Tension nominale bobine 6* = Double LED (DC non polarisé)
Voir caractéristiques de la bobine 7* = Bouton test + double LED
(DC non polarisé)
74* = Bouton test + double LED
Versions réalisables : uniquement les combinaisons indiquées sur la même ligne que le type. (DC non polarisé) + indicateur
En gras, les versions préférentielles (disponibilité plus importante). mécanique
8* = LED + diode
Type Version bobine A B C D (+ en A1/13, DC polarité standard)
55.32/34 AC - DC 0-5 0 0 0 9* = Bouton test + LED + diode
AC 0-5 0 2-3-4-5 0 (+ en A1/13, DC polarité standard)
AC 0-5 0 54 / 94* = Bouton test + LED + diode
(+ en A1/13, DC polarité standard)
DC 0-5 0 2-4-6-7-8-9 0
+ indicateur mécanique
DC 0-5 0 74 - 94 / * Options non disponible pour la tension
55.33 AC - DC 0-5 0 0 0 220 V DC.
AC 0-5 0 1-3-5 0
DC 0-5 0 1-6-7-8-9 0
55.12/13/14 AC - DC 0-5 0 0 0-1

Description : variantes et versions spéciales

C: Variantes 3, 5, 54 C: Variantes 6, 7, 74 C: Variantes 8, 9, 94


LED (AC) Double LED LED + diode
(DC non polarisé) (+ en A1/13, DC
polarité standard) EAN
OP
EUR

T
N
T E
EUR

P A
Bouton test verrouillable et indicateur mécanique
3
OP
EAN
(0010, 0040, 0050, 0054, 0070, 0074, 0090, 0094)
1
Il peut être utilisé de deux manières :
1) l’ergot de plastique (situé directement au-dessus du bouton test) reste intact. Dans ce cas,
lorsqu’on appuie sur le bouton test, les contacts se ferment. Quand on relâche le bouton test, les
contacts reviennent à leur position initiale.
2) l’ergot de plastique est rompu (au moyen d’un ustensile approprié). Dans ce cas lorsqu’on
X-2016, www.findernet.com

appuie sur le bouton test et que, en même temps, on lui donne un mouvement de rotation, les
2
contacts restent bloqués en position fermée. Ils restent dans cette position jusqu’à ce que le
bouton test soit remis dans sa position initiale.
Dans le 2 cas, veiller à ce que l’action sur le bouton test soit rapide et décisive.

3
SÉRIE SÉRIE 55
55 Relais industriels 7 - 10 A

Caractéristiques générales
Isolement selon EN 61810-1 2 contacts - 3 contacts 4 contacts
Tension nominale du réseau V AC 230/400 230
A Tension nominale d’isolement V AC 400 250
Degré de pollution 2 2
Isolement entre bobine et contacts
Type d'isolation Principale Principale
Catégorie de surtension III III
Tension assignée de tenue aux chocs kV (1.2/50 μs) 4 4
Rigidité diélectrique V AC 2000 2000
Isolement entre contacts adjacents
Type d'isolation Principale Principale
Catégorie de surtension III II
Tension assignée de tenue aux chocs kV (1.2/50 μs) 4 2.5
Rigidité diélectrique V AC 2000 2000
Isolement entre contacts ouverts
Type d'interruption Micro-coupure de circuit Micro-coupure de circuit
Rigidité diélectique V AC/kV (1.2/50 μs) 1000/1.5 1000/1.5
Immunité aux perturabtions conduites
Burst (5…50)ns, 5 kHz, sur A1 - A2 selon EN 61000-4-4 niveau 4 (4 kV)
Surge (1.2/50 μs) sur A1 - A2 (mode différentiel) selon EN 61000-4-5 niveau 4 (4 kV)
Autres données
Rebond à la fermeture des contacts : NO/NC ms 1/3
Résistance aux vibrations (5…55)Hz : NO/NC g 15/15
Résistance aux chocs g 16
Puissance dissipée dans l’ambiance à vide W 1
à charge nominale W 3 (2 contacts) 4 (3 contacts) 3 (4 contacts)
Distance de montage entre relais sur circuit imprimé mm ≥ 5

Caractéristiques des contacts


F 55 - D
 urée de vie électrique (AC) en fonction de la charge F 55 - D
 urée de vie électrique (AC) en fonction de la charge
2 et 3 contacts 4 contacts

Charge résistive - cosφ = 1


Cycles
Cycles

Charge inductive - cosφ = 0.4 Charge résistive - cosφ = 1


Charge inductive - cosφ = 0.4

H 55 - Pouvoir de coupure maxi pour une charge en DC1


• La durée de vie électrique pour des charges résistives en DC1 ayant des valeurs de
tension et de courant sous la courbe est ≥ 100x103 cycles.
Courant maxi 2 et 3 contacts • Pour les charges en DC13, le raccordement d’une diode polarité inverse en parallèle
Courant maxi 4 contatcts avec la charge permet d’obtenir une durée de vie électrique identique à celle obtenue
avec une charge en DC1.
Courant DC (A)

Contacts en série Note : le temps de coupure de la charge sera augmenté.

Tension DC (V)
X-2016, www.findernet.com

4
SÉRIE 55 SÉRIE
Relais industriels 7 - 10 A 55

Caractéristiques de la bobine
Données version DC Données version AC
Tension Code Plage de Résistance I nominale Tension Code Plage de Résistance I nominale A
nominale bobine fonctionnement absorbée nominale bobine fonctionnement absorbée
UN Umin Umax R I à UN UN Umin Umax R I à UN
V V V Ω mA V V V Ω mA
6 9.006 4.8 6.6 40 150 6 8.006 4.8 6.6 12 200
12 9.012 9.6 13.2 140 86 12 8.012 9.6 13.2 50 97
24 9.024 19.2 26.4 600 40 24 8.024 19.2 26.4 190 53
48 9.048 38.4 52.8 2400 20 48 8.048 38.4 52.8 770 25
60 9.060 48 66 4000 15 60 8.060 48 66 1200 21
110 9.110 88 121 12500 8.8 110 8.110 88 121 3940 12.5
125 9.125 100 138 17300 7.2 120 8.120 96 132 4700 12
220 9.220 176 242 54000 4 230 8.230 184 253 17000 6
240 8.240 192 264 19100 5.3

R 55 - P
 lage de fonctionnement bobine DC suivant la température ambiante R 55 - P
 lage de fonctionnement bobine AC suivant la température ambiante

1
1

2 2

1 - Tension max admissible sur la bobine. 1 - Tension max admissible sur la bobine.
2 - Tension mini de fonctionnement avec la bobine à température ambiante. 2 - Tension mini de fonctionnement avec la bobine à température ambiante.

Accessoires
Adaptateur avec patte de fixation sur le dessus pour 55.32, 55.33, 55.34 056.25

056.25 056.25 avec relais


monté

056.25 056.25 avec relais monté

Adaptateur avec patte de fixation à l’arrière pour 55.32, 55.33, 55.34 056.26

056.26 056.26 avec relais


monté

056.26 056.26 avec relais monté


Adaptateur de fixation rail 35 mm (EN 60715) sur le dessus pour 55.32, 55.33, 55.34 056.27
X-2016, www.findernet.com

056.27 056.27 avec relais


monté

056.27 056.27 avec relais monté

5
SÉRIE SÉRIE 94
55 Sommaire supports pour relais série 55

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


99.02 94.P3 55.33 Support avec bornes Push-in Sur panneau ou sur - Modules de signalisation et
94.P4 55.32 - Raccordement rapide rail 35 mm (EN 60715) protection CEM
A 55.34 - Raccordement bobine sur un côté -P  eignes
- Raccordement des contacts sur le - Modules de temporisation
côté opposé - Etrier plastique de maintien
94.P4 et d’extraction
Voir page 7

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


99.02 94.02 55.32 Support avec bornes à cage Sur panneau ou sur - Modules de signalisation et
94.03 55.33 - Raccordement bobine sur un côté rail 35 mm (EN 60715) protection CEM
94.04 55.32 - Raccordement des contacts sur le -P  eignes
55.34 côté opposé - Modules de temporisation
- Etrier plastique de maintien
94.04 et d’extraction
Voir page 9

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


99.02 94.54 55.32 Support avec bornes à ressort Sur panneau ou sur - Modules de signalisation et
55.34 - Utilisé pour la connexion rapide et rail 35 mm (EN 60715) protection CEM
fiable du conducteur -P  eignes
- Raccordement bobine sur un côté - Modules de temporisation
94.54 - Raccordement des contacts sur le - Etrier plastique de maintien
Voir page 10 côté opposé et d’extraction

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


99.80 94.84.2 55.32 Support avec bornes à cage Sur panneau ou sur - Modules de signalisation et
55.34 - Raccordement bobine et contacts rail 35 mm (EN 60715) protection CEM
communs sur un côté -P  eignes
- Raccordement des contacts NO et - Etrier plastique de maintien
94.84.2 NC sur le côté opposé et d’extraction
Voir page 11

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


99.80 94.92.3 55.32 Support avec bornes à cage Sur panneau ou sur - Modules de signalisation et
94.94.3 55.32 - Raccordement bobine sur un côté rail 35 mm (EN 60715) protection CEM
55.34 - Raccordement des contacts sur le -P  eignes
côté opposé - Etrier plastique de maintien
94.94.3 et d’extraction
Voir page 12

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


99.01 94.72 55.32 Support avec bornes à vis Sur panneau ou sur - Modules de signalisation et
94.73 55.33 - 23 mm de hauteur rail 35 mm (EN 60715) protection CEM
- Raccordement bobine et contacts - Etrier métallique de maintien
94.74 55.32
communs sur un côté
55.34
94.74 - Raccordement des contacts NO et
94.82 55.32 NC sur le côté opposé
Voir page 13

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


— 94.12 55.32 Support pour circuit imprimé Sur circuit imprimé - Etrier métallique de maintien
— 94.13 55.33
94.14 — 94.14 55.32
Voir page 14 55.34

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


— 94.22 55.32 Support à souder Sur panneau - Etrier métallique de maintien
— 94.23 55.33 (épaisseur 1mm)
94.22 — 94.24 55.32
Voir page 14 55.34
X-2016, www.findernet.com

Module Supports Relais Description Montage Accessoires


— 94.32 55.32 Support à souder Fixation par vis M3 - Etrier métallique de maintien
— 94.33 55.33
94.34 94.34 55.32
Voir page 15 55.34
6
SÉRIE 94 SÉRIE
Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55 55
Supports avec bornes automatiques type Push-in, montage 94.P3 94.P4
sur panneau ou rail 35 mm (EN 60715) Bleu Bleu
Type de relais 55.33 55.32, 55.34
Accessoires A
Etrier métallique de maintien 094.71
Etrier plastique de maintien et d'extraction 094.91.3
94.P4
Peigne à 6 broches 094.56
Homologations
Etiquette d'indentification 095.00.4
(suivant les types) :
Peigne à 2 broches 094.52.1
Peigne à 2 broches 097.52
Porte étiquette d'identification pour étiquettes 060.48 097.00
Module de protection et signalisation bobine 99.02
Combinaison Module de temporisation 86.30
relais/support Plaque de 48 étiquettes 6 x 12 mm pour étrier plastique
094.91.3 et pour porte étiquette 097.00 pour imprimante à
transfert thermique CEMBRE 060.48
Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectrique 2 kV AC
094.91.3
Indice de protection IP 20
Température ambiante °C –40…+70
Longueur de câble à dénuder mm 8
Capacité mini de connexion des bornes fil rigide fil souple
pour supports 94.P3 et 94.P4 mm2 0.5 0.5
AWG 21 21
060.48 Capacité maxi de connexion des bornes fil rigide fil souple
pour supports 94.P3 et 94.P4 mm2 2 x 1.5 / 1 x 2.5 2 x 1.5 / 1 x 2.5
AWG 2 x 16 / 1 x 14 2 x 16 / 1 x 14

94.P3 94.P4

EAN Peigne 6 broches pour supports 94.P3 et 94.P4 094.56 (bleu)


OP
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
R

N T
EU

T E
EUR

P A
OP
EAN

094.56

Peigne 2 broches pour supports 94.P3 et 94.P4 094.52.1


Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V

094.52.1
X-2016, www.findernet.com

7
SÉRIE SÉRIE 94
55 Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55

Peigne 2 broches pour supports 94.P3 et 94.P4 097.52


Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V

A
097.52

Porte étiquette d'identification pour supports 94.P3 et 94.P4 097.00

097.00

Modules de temporisation série 86


(12…24)V AC/DC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.0.024.0000
(110…125)V AC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.8.120.0000
(230…240)V AC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.8.240.0000

86.30 Homologations (suivant les types) :

Modules de signalisation et protection CEM type 99.02 pour supports 94.P3 et 94.P4
Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…220)V DC 99.02.3.000.00
LED(6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.59
LED(28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.59
LED(110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.59
99.02 LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…24)V DC 99.02.9.024.99
Homologations LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (28…60)V DC 99.02.9.060.99
(suivant les types) : LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (110…220)V DC 99.02.9.220.99
LED + Varistor (6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.98
LED + Varistor (28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.98
Modules DC avec LED + Varistor (110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.98
polarité inverse (+A2) Circuit RC (6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.09
sur demande. Circuit RC (28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.09
Circuit RC (110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.09
Antirémanance(110…240)V AC 99.02.8.230.07

X-2016, www.findernet.com

8
SÉRIE 94 SÉRIE
Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55 55
Support avec bornes à cage, montage sur panneau ou sur 94.02 94.02.0 94.03 94.03.0 94.04 94.04.0
rail 35 mm (EN 60715) Bleu Noir Bleu Noir Bleu Noir
Type de relais 55.32 55.33 55.32, 55.34
Accessoires
Etrier métallique de maintien 094.71
A
Etrier plastique de maintien et d’extraction 094.91.3 094.91.30 094.91.3 094.91.30 094.91.3 094.91.30
94.04 Peigne à 6 broches 094.06 094.06.0 094.06 094.06.0 094.06 094.06.0
Homologations Etiquette d’identification 094.00.4
(suivant les types) : Porte étiquette d'identification pour étiquettes 060.48 097.00
Module de protection et signalisation bobine 99.02
Module de temporisation 86.30
Plaque de 48 étiquettes 6 x 12 mm pour étrier plastique
Combinaison 094.91.3 et pour porte étiquette 097.00 pour imprimante à
relais/support transfert thermique CEMBRE 060.48
Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectique 2 kV AC
Indice de protection IP 20
094.91.3 Température ambiante °C –40…+70
Couple de serrage Nm 0.5
Longueur de câble à dénuder mm 8
Capacité de connexion des bornes fil rigide fil souple
pour supports 94.02/03/04 mm2 1 x 6 / 2 x 2.5 1 x 4 / 2 x 2.5
AWG 1 x 10 / 2 x 14 1 x 12 / 2 x 14
060.48

94.04

EAN Peigne à 6 broches pour supports 94.02, 94.03 et 94.04 094.06 (bleu) 094.06.0 (noir)
OP
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
R

N T
EU

T E
EUR

P A
OP
EAN

094.06
Modules de temporisation série 86
(12…24)V AC/DC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.0.024.0000
(110…125)V AC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.8.120.0000
(230…240)V AC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.8.240.0000

86.30 Homologations (suivant les types) :

Modules de signalisation et protection CEM type 99.02 pour supports 94.02, 94.03 et 94.04
Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…220)V DC 99.02.3.000.00
LED(6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.59
LED(28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.59
LED(110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.59
99.02 LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…24)V DC 99.02.9.024.99
Homologations LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (28…60)V DC 99.02.9.060.99
(suivant les types) : LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (110…220)V DC 99.02.9.220.99
LED + Varistor (6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.98
LED + Varistor (28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.98
X-2016, www.findernet.com

LED + Varistor (110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.98


Modules DC avec
Circuit RC (6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.09
polarité inverse (+A2)
sur demande. Circuit RC (28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.09
Circuit RC (110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.09
Antirémanance(110…240)V AC 99.02.8.230.07

9
SÉRIE SÉRIE 94
55 Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55

Support avec bornes à ressort, montage sur rail 35 mm 94.54


(EN 60715) Bleu
Type de relais 55.32, 55.34
A Accessoires
Etrier métallique de maintien 094.71
Etrier plastique de maintien et d’extraction 094.91.3
94.54 Peigne à 6 broches 094.56
Homologations Modules (voir tableau ci-dessous) 99.02, 86.30
(suivant les types) : Plaque de 48 étiquettes 6 x 12 mm pour étrier plastique
094.91.3 pour imprimante à transfert thermique CEMBRE 060.48
Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectique 2 kV AC
Indice de protection IP 20
Température ambiante °C –25…+70
094.91.3 Longueur de câble à dénuder mm 10
Capacité de connexion des bornes fil rigide fil souple
pour support 94.54 mm2 2 x (0.5…1.5) 2 x (0.5…1.5)
AWG 2 x (21…14) 2 x (21…14)

060.48

Support +
peigne

Peigne à 6 broches 094.56 (bleu)


EAN
OP
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
R

N T
EU

T E
EUR

P A
OP
EAN

094.56

Modules de temporisation série 86


(12…24)V AC/DC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.0.024.0000
(110…125)V AC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.8.120.0000
(230…240)V AC; Bi-fonction : AI, DI; (0.05 s…100 h) 86.30.8.240.0000

Homologations (suivant les types) :


86.30
Modules de signalisation et protection CEM type 99.02 pour supports 94.54
Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…220)V DC 99.02.3.000.00
LED(6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.59
LED(28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.59
LED(110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.59
99.02 LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…24)V DC 99.02.9.024.99
Homologations LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (28…60)V DC 99.02.9.060.99
(suivant les types) : LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (110…220)V DC 99.02.9.220.99
LED + Varistor (6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.98
X-2016, www.findernet.com

LED + Varistor (28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.98


LED + Varistor (110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.98
Modules DC avec
Circuit RC (6…24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.09
polarité inverse (+A2)
Circuit RC (28…60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.09
sur demande.
Circuit RC (110…240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.09
Antirémanance(110…240)V AC 99.02.8.230.07

10
SÉRIE 94 SÉRIE
Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55 55
Support avec bornes à cage, montage sur panneau ou sur rail 35 mm 94.84.2 94.84.20
(EN 60715) Bleu Noir
Type de relais 55.32, 55.34
Accessoires A
Etrier métallique de maintien 094.71
Etrier plastique de maintien et d’extraction 094.91.3 094.91.30
94.84.2
Peigne à 6 broches 094.06 094.06.0
Homologations
Etiquette d’identification 094.80.3
(suivant les types) :
Modules (voir tableau ci-dessous) 99.80
Plaque de 48 étiquettes 6 x 12 mm pour étrier plastique 094.91.3 pour
imprimante à transfert thermique CEMBRE 060.48
Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectique 2 kV AC
Indice de protection IP 20
094.91.3
Température ambiante °C –40…+70
Couple de serrage Nm 0.5
Longueur de câble à dénuder mm 7
Capacité de connexion des bornes fil rigide fil souple
pour supports 94.82.3, 94.84.3 et 94.84.2 mm2 1 x 6 / 2 x 2.5 1 x 4 / 2 x 2.5
AWG 1 x 10 / 2 x 14 1 x 12 / 2 x 14
060.48

94.84.2

EAN
Peigne à 6 broches pour supports 94.84.2 094.06 (bleu) 094.06.0 (noir)
OP
R

N T Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V


EU

T E
EUR

P A
OP
EAN

094.06

Modules de signalisation et protection CEM type 99.80 pour support 94.84.2


Bleu*
Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…220)V DC 99.80.3.000.00
LED(6…24)V DC/AC 99.80.0.024.59
LED(28…60)V DC/AC 99.80.0.060.59
99.80 LED(110…240)V DC/AC 99.80.0.230.59
Homologations LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…24)V DC 99.80.9.024.99
(suivant les types) : LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (28…60)V DC 99.80.9.060.99
LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (110…220)V DC 99.80.9.220.99
LED + Varistor (6…24)V DC/AC 99.80.0.024.98
* Certains modules sont LED + Varistor (28…60)V DC/AC 99.80.0.060.98
réalisables en couleur LED + Varistor (110…240)V DC/AC 99.80.0.230.98
noire sur demande.
Circuit RC (6…24)V DC/AC 99.80.0.024.09
La LED verte est standard.
Circuit RC (28…60)V DC/AC 99.80.0.060.09
La LED rouge peut être
Circuit RC (110…240)V DC/AC 99.80.0.230.09
X-2016, www.findernet.com

fournie sur demande.


Antirémanance(110…240)V AC 99.80.8.230.07

11
SÉRIE SÉRIE 94
55 Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55

Support avec bornes à cage, montage sur panneau ou sur 94.92.3 94.92.30 94.94.3 94.94.30
rail 35 mm (EN 60715) Bleu Noir Bleu Noir
Type de relais 55.32 55.32, 55.34
A Accessoires
Etrier métallique de maintien 094.71
Etrier plastique de maintien et d’extraction 094.91.3 094.91.30 094.91.3 094.91.30
94.94.3 Peigne à 6 broches 094.06 094.06.0 094.06 094.06.0
Homologations Etiquette d’identification 094.80.3
(suivant les types) : Modules (voir tableau ci-dessous) 99.80
Plaque de 48 étiquettes 6 x 12 mm pour étrier plastique
094.91.3 pour imprimante à transfert thermique CEMBRE 060.48
Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectique 2 kV AC
Indice de protection IP 20
094.91.3 Température ambiante °C –25…+70
Couple de serrage Nm 0.5
Longueur de câble à dénuder mm 8
Capacité de connexion des bornes fil rigide fil souple
pour supports 94.92.3 et 94.94.3 mm2 1 x 6 / 2 x 2.5 1 x 4 / 2 x 2.5

AWG 1 x 10 / 2 x 14 1 x 12 / 2 x 14


060.48

94.94.3

EAN
Peigne à 6 broches pour supports 94.92.3 et 94.94.3 094.06 (bleu) 094.06.0 (noir)
OP
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
R

N T
EU

T E
EUR

P A
OP
EAN

094.06

Modules de signalisation et protection CEM type 99.80 pour supports 94.92.3 et 94.94.3
Bleu*
Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…220)V DC 99.80.3.000.00
LED(6…24)V DC/AC 99.80.0.024.59
LED(28…60)V DC/AC 99.80.0.060.59
99.80 LED(110…240)V DC/AC 99.80.0.230.59
Homologations LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…24)V DC 99.80.9.024.99
(suivant les types) : LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (28…60)V DC 99.80.9.060.99
LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (110…220)V DC 99.80.9.220.99
LED + Varistor (6…24)V DC/AC 99.80.0.024.98
* Certains modules sont LED + Varistor (28…60)V DC/AC 99.80.0.060.98
réalisables en couleur LED + Varistor (110…240)V DC/AC 99.80.0.230.98
noire sur demande.
Circuit RC
(6…24)V DC/AC 99.80.0.024.09
X-2016, www.findernet.com

La LED verte est standard.


Circuit RC (28…60)V DC/AC 99.80.0.060.09
La LED rouge peut être
fournie sur demande. Circuit RC (110…240)V DC/AC 99.80.0.230.09
Antirémanance(110…240)V AC 99.80.8.230.07

12
SÉRIE 94 SÉRIE
Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55 55
Support avec bornes à vis, montage sur panneau ou sur 94.72 94.72.0 94.73 94.73.0 94.74 94.74.0
rail 35 mm (EN 60715) Bleu Noir Bleu Noir Bleu Noir
Type de relais 55.32 55.33 55.32, 55.34
Accessories A
Etrier métallique de maintien 094.71
94.74 Modules (voir tableau ci-dessous) 99.01
Homologations Support avec bornes à vis, montage sur panneau ou sur rail 94.82 94.82.0
(suivant les types) : 35 mm (EN 60715) Bleu Noir
Type de relais 55.32 55.32
Accessoires
Etrier métallique de maintien 094.71
Modules (voir tableau ci-dessous) 99.01
Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectique 2 kV AC
Indice de protection IP 20
Température ambiante °C –40…+70
94.82 Couple de serrage Nm 0.5
Homologations
Longueur de câble à dénuder mm 8 (94.72/73/74) 9 (94.82)
(suivant les types) :
Capacité de connexion des bornes fil rigide fil souple
pour supports 94.72/73/74 et 94.82 mm2 1 x 2.5 / 2 x 1.5 1 x 2.5 / 2 x 1.5
AWG 1 x 14 / 2 x 16 1 x 14 / 2 x 16

94.72 94.73 94.74

94.82

Modules de signalisation et protection CEM type 99.01 pour supports 94.72, 94.73, 94.74 et 94.82
Bleu*
Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…220)V DC 99.01.3.000.00
Diode (+A2, polarité inverse) (6…220)V DC 99.01.3.000.00
LED(6…24)V DC/AC 99.01.0.024.59
LED(28…60)V DC/AC 99.01.0.060.59
99.01 LED(110…240)V DC/AC 99.01.0.230.59
Homologations LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (6…24)V DC 99.01.9.024.99
(suivant les types) : LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (28…60)V DC 99.01.9.060.99
LED + Diode (+A1, polarité standard) (110…220)V DC 99.01.9.220.99
LED + Diode (+A2, polarité inverse) (6…24)V DC 99.01.9.024.79
LED + Diode (+A2, polarité inverse) (28…60)V DC 99.01.9.060.79
* Certains modules sont LED + Diode (+A2, polarité inverse) (110…220)V DC 99.01.9.220.79
réalisables en couleur LED + Varistor (6…24)V DC/AC 99.01.0.024.98
noire sur demande. LED + Varistor (28…60)V DC/AC 99.01.0.060.98
X-2016, www.findernet.com

La LED verte est standard. LED + Varistor (110…240)V DC/AC 99.01.0.230.98


La LED rouge peut être Circuit RC (6…24)V DC/AC 99.01.0.024.09
fournie sur demande. Circuit RC (28…60)V DC/AC 99.01.0.060.09
Circuit RC (110…240)V DC/AC 99.01.0.230.09
Antirémanance(110…240)V AC 99.01.8.230.07

13
SÉRIE SÉRIE 94
55 Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55

Support pour circuit imprimé 94.12 94.12.0 94.13 94.13.0 94.14 94.14.0
Bleu Noir Bleu Noir Bleu Noir
Type de relais 55.32 55.33 55.32, 55.34
A 94.14 Accessoires
Homologations Etrier métallique de maintien 094.51
(suivant les types) : Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectique 2 kV AC
Température ambiante °C –40…+70

Vue coté cuivre

94.12 94.13 94.14

Support à souder : épaisseur du panneau 1 mm 94.22 94.22.0 94.23 94.23.0 94.24 94.24.0
Bleu Noir Bleu Noir Bleu Noir
Type de relais 55.32 55.33 55.32, 55.34
94.22 Accessoires
Homologations Etrier métallique de maintien 094.51
(suivant les types) : Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectique 2 kV AC
Température ambiante °C –40…+70
X-2016, www.findernet.com

14
SÉRIE 94 SÉRIE
Supports et accessoires pour relais série 55 55
Support à souder : fixation par patte avec vis M3, connexion 94.32 94.32.0 94.33 94.33.0 94.34 94.34.0
à souder Bleu Noir Bleu Noir Bleu Noir
Type de relais 55.32 55.33 55.32, 55.34
94.34 Accessoires A
Homologations Etrier métallique de maintien 094.51
(suivant les types) : Caractéristiques générales
Valeurs nominales 10 A - 250 V
Rigidité diélectique 2 kV AC
Température ambiante °C –40…+70

Code pour le conditionnement


Identification du conditionnement et des étriers de maintien par les trois dernières lettres.

Exemple :

9 4 . P 4 S P A

A Emballage standard

SM Etrier métallique
SP Etrier plastique
X-2016, www.findernet.com

15
Systems and components
for industrial enclosures

Edition 2020/1
11
14

30

06

29

27

26 28

16
28

14
24

03-15 FILTER FANS AND ROOF UNITS


Air filtering solutions for enclosures.
26 THERMOELECTRIC COOLING UNITS
Peltier units for the enclosure climate control.

16-23 FRAME FANS


Axial, centrifugal fans and accessories.
27-29 THERMO-REGULATORS
Temperature/humidity control systems and safety devices.

24-25 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATERS


Heaters for condensation and frost protection.
30-32 ENCLOSURE LIGHTS
Indoor solutions for enclosure lighting.

Most of our products are available in the industrial engineering software:


Protection ratings

ENVIRONMENTAL TYPE Definition


RATINGS
Primarily indoor use to provide protection against contact with the enclosed
Type 1
equipment and against a limited amount of falling dirt.

Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against dust, dirt, fiber flying,
Type 12
dripping water, and external condensation of non-corrosive liquids.

Outdoor use to provide a degree of protection against falling rain;


Type 3R
undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure.

Either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of protection


Type 4X against falling rain, splashing water, and hose-directed water;
undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. Corrosion resistant.

Description according to UL50E standard

"IP" PROTECTION DEGREE Protection degree against solid foreign object Protection degree against water
and against access to hazardous parts (2nd numeral)
TABLE (1st numeral)

IP Symbol Description IP Symbol Description

0 Non - protected 0 Non - protected

1 1
Protected against solid foreign
objects at 50 mm Ø or
Protected against vertically
greater and against access falling water drops
to hazardous parts
with the back of a hand

2 2
Protected against solid foreign
objects of 12.5 mm Ø or Protected against vertically
greater and against access falling water drops
to hazardous parts at any angle up to 15°
15
with a finger

3 3
Protected against solid foreign
objects of 2.5 mm Ø or greater Protected against spraying
and against access water at any angle up
to hazardous parts to 60° from the vertical
60
with a tool

4 4
Protected against solid foreign
objects of 1.0 mm Ø or greater
and against access Protected against splashing
to hazardous parts water from any direction
360
with a wire

5 5
Dust - protected and protected
against access to hazardous Protected against water jets
from any direction
parts with a wire 360

6 6
Dust - tight and protected Protected against powerful
against access to hazardous water jets
parts with a wire from any direction
360

Description according to rule CEI EN 60529

2 ■ Fandis
FILTER FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
FILTER FANS
Filter fans are a practical solution for removing heat from the cabinet.
They channel filtered ambient air into the enclosure, expelling warm internal air through an exhaust filter or
roof unit to reduce temperatures and protect electronic components from overheating.
Fandis offers two different series of filter fans to better satisfy various cooling and ventilation requirements.

FF SERIES

TIME-SAVING INSTALLATION
Quick tool-less mounting system with
clips for 1 to 3.7mm thick plates

QUICK CONNECTION
Cage clamp free-tool wiring system

IP55 AND TYPE 3R (OPTIONAL)


Ideal for indoor or outdoor use in harsh
industrial environments

EMC-COMPATIBLE (OPTIONAL)
Metal shielding for electromagnetic
protection

SLIDE OPENING
Easy replacement of the filter media
without the need of tools

COLORS
Custom RAL colors subject to minimum
order

Details that make the difference

Cage clamp system Sliding mechanism Water resistance

Fandis ■ 3
FILTER FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

Air flow management


Increasingly often, the causes behind malfunctions or faults
in electrical and electronic equipment housed in control panels
or fitted as an integral part of a machine, are due to heat
problems. In reality, the life span of components depends on
the temperature and level of humidity inside the electrical cabinet.
The normal recommended average operating temperature inside
a cabinet is 35°C with relative humidity of no more than 60%.

Fandis offers a wide range of solutions for efficiently disposing


of dissipated heat from electrical components suitable
for different applications.

NATURAL CONVECTION

The use of exhaust filter ensures the passage of air and


the removal of heat in a natural manner. This solution can be
considered for dissipating low level of heat in dusty environments.

FORCED CONVECTION

Forced ventilation is an inexpensive and efficient solution


for preventing the formation of air pockets inside electrical
cabinets. The best configuration includes fitting a filter fan
to an exhaust filter.
The filter fan positioned at the bottom of the cabinet, conveys
filtered cold air from outside (standard air flow) while
the exhaust filter at the top expels hot air.
The pressure generated inside the enclosure by the ventilation
prevents unfiltered air from entering through holes or openings.

4 ■ Fandis
FILTER FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
An inverted air flow version
(reverse flow) is also available;
filter fan at top and exhaust filter
at bottom.

The system can be controlled by


REVERSE FLOW STANDARD FLOW
a thermostat that turns the fan
on when high temperatures are
detected.

Hot air can also be expelled from the roof of the cabinet if,
for instance, the sides of the cabinet are covered by obstacles,
walls or by the sides of other cabinets. In a perfect configuration,
an exhaust filter is positioned at the bottom of the cabinet.
The lower pressure generated by the roof unit draws in cold air
from outside through the exhaust filter to enhance internal air flow
and the dissipation of heat.

The use of a swivelling fan is an alternative solution for a better air


circulation inside the electrical cabinet.
This fan distributes heat to reduce the temperature, cools local hot
spots and disperses cold air emitted by cooling units.

Fandis ■ 5
FILTER FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

FF series exhaust filters


• Free-tool clip mounting system
• Plate thickness: FF08 from 1 to 2mm; FF12, FF13 from 1.3 to 3.2mm; FF15, FF20 from 1.3 to
3.7mm (up to 4mm with cut-out max tolerance)
• Standard color RAL 7035, other colors available on request, subject to quantity
• Standard protection ratings: IP54 and Type 12. Optional versions: IP55, Type 1, 3R and EMC

Dimensions
Model Cut-Out Weight Approvals
HxWxD
mm mm Kg
FF08U 107x107x23 91.5X91.5 0.10 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12U 150x150x29 124X124 0.20 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13U 204x204x30 177X177 0.36 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15U 250x250x34 223X223 0.57 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20U 325x325x34 291X291 0.98 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;

FF series IP55 exhaust filters


• IP protection degree

Dimensions
Model Cut-Out Weight Approvals
HxWxD
mm mm Kg
FF12U5 150x150x29 124X124 0.20 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13U5 204x204x30 177X177 0.36 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15U5 250x250x34 223X223 0.58 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20U5 325x325x34 291X291 0.99 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;

FF series EMC exhaust filters


• Electromagnetic shielding

Dimensions
Modello Cut-Out Weight Approvals
HxWxD
mm mm Kg
FF08UC 107x107x23 91.5X91.5 0.10 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12UC 150x150x29 124X124 0.21 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13UC 204x204x30 177X177 0.37 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15UC 250x250x34 223X223 0.60 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20UC 325x325x34 291X291 1.03 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;

FF series Type 3R exhaust filters


• Ideal for outdoor applications
• Plastics construction against atmospheric deterioration
• UV resistant
• IP55 protection degree, IP54 for FF08 series

Dimensions
Model Cut-Out Weight Approvals
HxLxP
mm mm Kg
FF08N3 107x107x23 91.5X91.5 0.13 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF12N53 150x150x29 125X125 0.29 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF13N53 204x204x30 177X177 0.47 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF15N53 250x250x34 223X223 0.89 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF20N53 325x325x34 291X291 1.16 CE; cURus; cULus;

6 ■ Fandis
FILTER FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
FF series filter fans
• Free-tool clip mounting system
• Plate thickness: FF08 from 1 to 2mm; FF12, FF13 from 1.3 to 3.2mm; FF15, FF20 from 1.3 to
3.7mm (up to 4mm with cut-out max tolerance)
• Quick electrical connection by screwless terminal block
• Standard color RAL 7035, other colors available on request, subject to quantity
• Standard protection ratings: IP54 and Type 12. Optional versions: IP55, Type 1, 3R and EMC
• Reverse airflow version (-R) see page 5
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated
Dimensions Rated Max air flow Static Pressure
Model Cut-Out power Approvals
HxWxD Voltage (50/60Hz) (50/60Hz)
(50/60Hz)
mm mm V W m3/h Pa
FF08A115UN 107x107x67 91.5X91.5 115 V a.c. 9.0/7.0 12/15 23/33 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08A115UNR 107x107x67 91.5X91.5 115 V a.c. 9.0/7.5 16/21 45/64 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08A230UF 107x107x67 91.5X91.5 230 V a.c. 14/11 10/13 16/25 CE;
FF08A230UN 107x107x67 91.5X91.5 230 V a.c. 10/8.0 12/15 23/33 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08A230UNR 107x107x67 91.5X91.5 230 V a.c. 10/8.0 16/21 45/64 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08D12UN 107x107x54 91.5X91.5 12 V d.c. 2.0 16 28 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08D12UNR 107x107x54 91.5X91.5 12 V d.c. 2.2 23 44 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08D24UN 107x107x54 91.5X91.5 24 V d.c. 2.0 16 28 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08D24UNR 107x107x54 91.5X91.5 24 V d.c. 2.2 23 44 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08D48UF 107x107x61 91.5X91.5 48 V d.c. 3.0 12 19 CE;
FF08GA115UF 107x107x80 92.5x92.5 115 V a.c. 12/10 21/26 40/55 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08GA115UNR 107x107x64 92.5x92.5 115 V a.c. 12/9.0 16/20 40/60 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08GA230UF 107x107x80 92.5x92.5 230 V a.c. 12/11 21/26 40/55 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08GA230UNR 107x107x64 92.5x92.5 230 V a.c. 12/10 16/20 40/60 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08GD24UN 107x107x77 92.5x92.5 24 V d.c. 15 50 160 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08GD24UNR 107x107x77 92.5x92.5 24 V d.c. 17 60 200 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF08GD48UF 107x107x77 92.5x92.5 48 V d.c. 17 48 144 CE;
FF12A115UF 150x150x73 124X124 115 V a.c. 16/15 45/50 55/62 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12A115UFR 150x150x73 124X124 115 V a.c. 16/15 47/52 72/82 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12A115UN 150x150x73 124X124 115 V a.c. 19/17 67/79 73/86 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12A115UNR 150x150x73 124X124 115 V a.c. 19/17 60/70 86/115 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12A230UF 150x150x73 124X124 230 V a.c. 18/17 45/50 55/62 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12A230UFR 150x150x73 124X124 230 V a.c. 18/17 47/52 72/82 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12A230UN 150x150x73 124X124 230 V a.c. 18/16 67/79 73/86 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12A230UNR 150x150x73 124X124 230 V a.c. 18/16 60/70 86/115 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12A24UF 150x150x73 124X124 24 V a.c. 15/15 39/44 43/41 CE;
FF12A24UFR 150x150x73 124X124 24 V a.c. 15/15 50/52 59/40 CE;
FF12D24UN 150x150x73 124X124 24 V d.c. 7.4 47 56 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12D24UN4 150x150x73 124X124 24 V d.c. 23 107 164 CE;
FF12D24UNR 150x150x73 124X124 24 V d.c. 7.4 64 79 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12D48UN 150x150x73 124X124 48 V d.c. 8.6 47 56 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF12D48UNR 150x150x73 124X124 48 V d.c. 8.6 64 79 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PA115UF 204x204x96 177X177 115 V a.c. 19/18 100/110 55/60 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PA115UFR 204x204x96 177X177 115 V a.c. 18/18 100/110 70/80 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PA115UN 204x204x96 177X177 115 V a.c. 16/15 110/130 80/100 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PA115UNR 204x204x96 177X177 115 V a.c. 20/18 110/135 100/120 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PA230UF 204x204x96 177X177 230 V a.c. 18/18 100/110 55/60 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PA230UFR 204x204x96 177X177 230 V a.c. 18/18 100/110 70/80 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PA230UN 204x204x96 177X177 230 V a.c. 19/17 110/130 80/100 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;

Fandis ■ 7
FILTER FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

Rated
Dimensions Rated Max air flow Static Pressure
Model Cut-Out power Approvals
HxWxD Voltage (50/60Hz) (50/60Hz)
(50/60Hz)
mm mm V W m3/h Pa
FF13PA230UNR 204x204x96 177X177 230 V a.c. 19/18 110/135 100/120 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PD24UN 204x204x96 177X177 24 V d.c. 8.2 100 60 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF13PD24UNR 204x204x96 177X177 24 V d.c. 8.5 113 83 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15A115UF 250x250x124 223X223 115 V a.c. 31/31 230/270 115/155 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15A115UFR 250x250x124 223X223 115 V a.c. 31/31 245/290 165/210 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15A115UN2 250x250x112 223X223 115 V a.c. 39/41 230/270 150/195 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15A115UNR2 250x250x112 223X223 115 V a.c. 39/41 238/283 195/252 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15A230UF 250x250x124 223X223 230 V a.c. 32/36 230/270 115/155 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15A230UFR 250x250x124 223X223 230 V a.c. 32/36 245/290 165/210 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15A230UN2 250x250x112 223X223 230 V a.c. 42/45 230/272 150/195 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15A230UNR2 250x250x112 223X223 230 V a.c. 42/45 238/283 195/252 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15D24UF 250x250x125 223X223 24 V d.c. 31 275 150 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15D24UFR 250x250x125 223X223 24 V d.c. 31 295 205 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15D24UN 250x250x125 223X223 24 V d.c. 17 245 100 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15D24UNR 250x250x125 223X223 24 V d.c. 17 285 148 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15D48UF 250x250x125 223X223 48 V d.c. 43 295 175 CE;
FF15D48UFR 250x250x125 223X223 48 V d.c. 43 310 250 CE;
FF15MA115UF 250x250x111 223X223 115 V a.c. 16/15 130/145 63/39 CE;
FF15MA115UFR 250x250x111 223X223 115 V a.c. 16/15 140/155 80/55 CE;
FF15MA230UF 250x250x111 223X223 230 V a.c. 21/20 130/145 63/39 CE;
FF15MA230UFR 250x250x111 223X223 230 V a.c. 21/20 140/155 80/55 CE;
FF15PA115UF 250x250x112 223X223 115 V a.c. 17/16 105/120 54/57 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PA115UFR 250x250x112 223X223 115 V a.c. 17/16 110/120 66/70 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PA115UN 250x250x112 223X223 115 V a.c. 20/19 125/145 80/100 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PA115UNR 250x250x112 223X223 115 V a.c. 20/19 130/150 100/120 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PA230UF 250x250x112 223X223 230 V a.c. 18/17 105/120 54/57 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PA230UFR 250x250x112 223X223 230 V a.c. 18/17 110/120 66/70 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PA230UN 250x250x112 223X223 230 V a.c. 19/17 125/145 80/100 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PA230UNR 250x250x112 223X223 230 V a.c. 19/18 130/150 100/120 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PD24UN 250x250x112 223X223 24 V d.c. 7.6 140 62 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PD24UNR 250x250x112 223X223 24 V d.c. 7.6 150 84 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PD48UN 250x250x112 223X223 48 V d.c. 8.6 140 62 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF15PD48UNR 250x250x112 223X223 48 V d.c. 8.6 150 84 CE; UR; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20A115UE 325x325x160 291X291 115 V a.c. 77/92 445/490 131/141 CE;
FF20A115UE1 325x325x160 291X291 115 V a.c. 74/83 445/485 129/140 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20A115UER 325x325x160 291X291 115 V a.c. 77/92 530/577 206/216 CE;
FF20A115UER1 325x325x160 291X291 115 V a.c. 74/83 530/575 195/207 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20A230UE 325x325x160 291X291 230 V a.c. 79/96 460/510 136/148 CE;
FF20A230UE1 325x325x160 291X291 230 V a.c. 70/85 455/503 134/146 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20A230UER 325x325x160 291X291 230 V a.c. 79/96 540/595 204/219 CE;
FF20A230UER1 325x325x160 291X291 230 V a.c. 70/85 540/590 207/221 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20A400TUE 325x325x160 291X291 400 V 3 ~ 99/124 537/632 186/236 CE;
FF20GA115UE 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 143/177 708/775 188/181 CE;
FF20GA115UE1 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 110/156 675/738 183/170 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20GA115UEA 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 146/179 875/960 200/189 CE;
FF20GA115UEA1 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 110/156 893/960 200/176 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20GA115UER 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 124/192 760/845 282/258 CE;
FF20GA115UER1 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 102/145 760/850 280/254 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20GA115UERA 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 124/124 820/920 279/255 CE;

8 ■ Fandis
FILTER FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
Rated
Dimensions Rated Max air flow Static Pressure
Model Cut-Out power Approvals
HxWxD Voltage (50/60Hz) (50/60Hz)
(50/60Hz)
mm mm V W m3/h Pa
FF20GA115UERA1 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 102/145 820/925 279/251 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20GA230UE 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 155/194 705/790 200/206 CE;
FF20GA230UE1 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 120/158 680/765 200/210 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20GA230UEA 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 158/198 850/960 213/216 CE;
FF20GA230UEA1 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 120/158 895/998 220/222 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20GA230UER 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 170/208 773/870 306/291 CE;
FF20GA230UER1 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 120/157 760/860 308/304 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20GA230UERA 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 171/210 840/958 302/289 CE;
FF20GA230UERA1 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 120/157 825/930 305/295 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
FF20GEA400TUE 325x325x149 291X291 400 V 3 ~ 137 485 180 CE;
FF20GEA400TUER 325x325x149 291X291 400 V 3 ~ 137/173 645/695 240/255 CE;
FF20PA115UF 325x325x164 291X291 115 V a.c. 45/45 310/350 107/111 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF20PA115UFR 325x325x164 291X291 115 V a.c. 45/45 339/374 141/135 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF20PA230UF 325x325x164 291X291 230 V a.c. 45/45 315/345 106/108 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF20PA230UFR 325x325x164 291X291 230 V a.c. 45/45 334/367 135/125 CE; cURus; cULus;

FF series filter fans - Type 3R


• Free-tool clip mounting system
• Plate thickness: FF08 from 1 to 2mm; FF12, FF13 from 1.3 to 3.2mm; FF15, FF20 from 1.3 to
3.7mm (up to 4mm with cut-out max tolerance)
• Quick electrical connection by screwless terminal block
• Standard color RAL 9005
• Standard protection ratings: Type 3R and IP55 (IP54 for FF08 series). Optional versions: IP54
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz
• UV resistant
• Plastic construction against atmospheric deterioration, ideal for outdoor applications
• Other voltages available on request

Rated
Dimensions Rated Max Air flow Static Pressure
Model Cut-Out power Approvals
HxWxD Voltage (50/60Hz) (50/60Hz)
(50/60Hz)
mm mm V W m3/h Pa
FF08A115NN3 107x107x67 91.5X91.5 115 V a.c. 9.0/7.0 12/15 23/33 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF08A230NN3 107x107x67 91.5X91.5 230 V a.c. 10/8.0 12/15 23/33 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF08D12NN3 107x107x54 91.5X91.5 12 V d.c. 2.0 16 28 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF08D24NN3 107x107x54 91.5X91.5 24 V d.c. 2.0 16 28 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF08GA115NF3 107x107x80 92.5X92.5 115 V a.c. 12/10 21/26 40/55 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF08GA230NF3 107x107x80 92.5X92.5 230 V a.c. 12/11 21/26 40/55 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF08GD24NN3 107x107x77 92.5X92.5 24 V d.c. 15 50 160 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF12A115NF53 150x150x73 125X125 115 V a.c. 16/15 33/39 49/55 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF12A115NN53 150x150x73 125X125 115 V a.c. 19/17 50/59 67/82 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF12A230NF53 150x150x73 125X125 230 V a.c. 18/17 33/39 49/55 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF12A230NN53 150x150x73 125X125 230 V a.c. 18/16 50/59 67/82 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF12D24NN53 150x150x73 125X125 24 V d.c. 7.4 35 53 CE; UR; cULus;
FF12D48NN53 150x150x73 125X125 48 V d.c. 8.6 35 53 CE; UR; cULus;
FF13PA115NF53 204x204x96 177X177 115 V a.c. 18/18 75/87 50/50 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF13PA115NN53 204x204x96 177X177 115 V a.c. 16/15 90/110 75/95 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF13PA230NF53 204x204x96 177X177 230 V a.c. 18/18 75/87 50/50 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF13PA230NN53 204x204x96 177X177 230 V a.c. 19/17 90/110 75/95 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF13PD24NN53 204x204x96 177X177 24 V d.c. 8.2 85 52 CE; UR; cULus;

Fandis ■ 9
FILTER FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

Rated
Dimensions Rated Max Air flow Static Pressure
Model Cut-Out power Approvals
HxWxD Voltage (50/60Hz) (50/60Hz)
(50/60Hz)
mm mm V W m3/h Pa
FF15A115NF53 250x250x124 223X223 115 V a.c. 31/31 160/195 97/130 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF15A115NN532 250x250x112 223X223 115 V a.c. 39/41 187/225 94/121 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF15A230NF53 250x250x124 223X223 230 V a.c. 32/36 160/195 97/130 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF15A230NN532 250x250x112 223X223 230 V a.c. 42/45 187/225 105/139 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF15D24NF53 250x250x125 223X223 24 V d.c. 31 230 150 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF15D24NN53 250x250x125 223X223 24 V d.c. 17 205 97 CE; UR; cULus;
FF15PA115NF53 250x250x112 223X223 115 V a.c. 17/16 96/110 49/52 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF15PA230NF53 250x250x112 223X223 230 V a.c. 18/17 96/110 49/52 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF15PD24NN53 250x250x112 223X223 24 V d.c. 7.6 110 50 CE; UR; cULus;
FF15PD48NN53 250x250x112 223X223 48 V d.c. 8.6 110 50 CE; UR; cULus;
FF20A115NE531 325x325x160 291X291 115 V a.c. 74/83 338/378 98/107 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF20A230NE531 325x325x160 291X291 230 V a.c. 70/85 360/400 112/126 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF20GA115NE31 325x325x159 291X291 115 V a.c. 110/156 675/738 183/170 CE; cURus; cULus;
FF20GA230NE31 325x325x159 291X291 230 V a.c. 120/158 680/765 200/210 CE; cURus; cULus;

GF series exhaust filters


• Mounting system with jacks for plastic or plate enclosures
• Plate thickness: up to 8mm and by cutting the jacks up to 16mm
• Standard color RAL 7035, other colors available on request, subject to quantity
• IP54 protection degree

Dimensions
Model Cut-Out Weight Approvals
HxWxD
mm mm Kg
GF12KUG 150x150x31 125X125 0.17 CE;
GF15KUG 250x250x32 223X223 0.33 CE;
GF20KUG 325x325x33 290X290 0.74 CE;

GF series filter fans


• Mounting system with jacks for plastic or plate enclosures
• Plate thickness: up to 8mm and by cutting the jacks up to 16mm
• Standard color RAL 7035, other colors available on request, subject to quantity
• IP54 protection degree
• Reverse airflow version (-R) see page 5
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Dimensions Rated Rated Max air Static


Model Cut-Out Approvals
HxWxD Voltage power flow Pressure
mm mm V W m3/h Pa
GF12KU230BE 150x150x76 125X125 230 V a.c. 17/16 46/53 52/58 CE;
GF12KU230BER 150x150x76 125X125 230 V a.c. 17/16 42/47 59/70 CE;
GF12KUD24B 150x150x76 125X125 24 V d.c. 7.0 46 54 CE;
GF12KUD24BR 150x150x76 125X125 24 V d.c. 7.0 55 71 CE;
GF15KPU230BE 250x250x105 223X223 230 V a.c. 18/18 118/132 56/57 CE;
GF15KU115BE 250x250x118 223X223 115 V a.c. 32/35 224/270 110/148 CE;
GF15KU230BE 250x250x118 223X223 230 V a.c. 32/34 224/270 110/148 CE;
GF15KU230BER 250x250x118 223X223 230 V a.c. 32/35 248/290 158/202 CE;
GF20KGU230B 325x325x142 290X290 230 V a.c. 159/125 583/680 214/216 CE;
GF20KU230BE 325x325x153 290X290 230 V a.c. 76/92 475/535 140/156 CE; 45

10 ■ Fandis
FILTER FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
TP series roof exhaust units without fan
• Plastic structure with aluminum top
• Plate thickness: any
• Available in 3 protection degree: IP24, IP54 and IP55
• Standard color RAL 7035, other colors available on request, subject to quantity

Protection
Model Approvals
Degree
IP
TP19U1 IP24 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U541 IP54 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U551 IP55 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;

TP series roof exhaust units


• Plastic structure with aluminum top
• Plate thickness: any
• Available in 4 protection degree: IP24, IP44, IP54 and IP55
• Standard color RAL 7035, other colors available on request, subject to quantity
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated Rated Max air Static Protection


Model Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure Degree
V W m3/h Pa IP
TP19U115B 115 V a.c. 62/75 500/575 335/465 IP24 CE;
TP19U115B1 115 V a.c. 97 575 465 IP24 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U115B441 115 V a.c. 97 560 470 IP44 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U115B54 115 V a.c. 66/74 420/490 340/480 IP54 CE;
TP19U115B541 115 V a.c. 97 490 480 IP54 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U115B55 115 V a.c. 66/74 420/490 340/480 IP55 CE;
TP19U115B551 115 V a.c. 97 490 480 IP55 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U230B 230 V a.c. 67/83 500/575 335/465 IP24 CE;
TP19U230B1 230 V a.c. 70/81 500/575 335/465 IP24 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U230B44 230 V a.c. 69/81 485/560 330/470 IP44 CE;
TP19U230B441 230 V a.c. 70/81 485/560 330/470 IP44 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U230B54 230 V a.c. 70/83 420/490 340/480 IP54 CE;
TP19U230B541 230 V a.c. 70/81 420/490 340/480 IP54 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;
TP19U230B55 230 V a.c. 70/83 420/490 340/480 IP55 CE;
TP19U230B551 230 V a.c. 70/81 420/490 340/480 IP55 CE; cURus; cCSAus; cULus;

T series roof exhaust unit without fan


• Metal structure
• Plate thickness: any
• IP23 protection degree
• Standard color RAL 7035 and RAL 7032

Model Approvals

T19UK CE;

Fandis ■ 11
FILTER FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

T series roof exhaust units


• Metal structure
• Plate thickness: any
• IP23 protection degree
• Standard color RAL 7035 and RAL 7032
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated Rated Max air Static


Model Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure
V W m3/h Pa
T19R115B 115 V a.c. 58/71 550/590 370/510 CE;
T19R230B 230 V a.c. 62/78 550/590 370/510 CE;
T19U115B 115 V a.c. 58/71 550/590 370/510 CE;
T19U230B 230 V a.c. 62/78 550/590 370/510 CE;
T22R115B 115 V a.c. 130/170 800/850 520/650 CE;
T22R230B 230 V a.c. 125/161 800/850 520/650 CE;
T22U115B 115 V a.c. 130/170 800/850 520/650 CE;
T22U230B 230 V a.c. 125/161 800/850 520/650 CE; 45

Accessories - Hose-proof protection hood Type 4X


• Particularly suitable for outdoor applications or in food&beverage industry
• Available for FF and GF series
• AISI 304 stainless steel brushed finish
• Sanitary FDA compliant gaskets to detect contamination
• Slide mounting system on bracket
• Type 4X protection degree
• UL approved only using FF filter fans

Model Description

SSC-08A FF08
SSC-12A FF12, GF12
SSC-13A FF13
SSC-15A FF15, GF15
SSC-20A FF20, GF20

Accessories - Hose-proof protection hood


• Particularly suitable for outdoors applications
• Available for FF and GF series in all sizes
• AISI 304 stainless steel cover of 1mm thickness
• Slide mounting system on bracket
• IP56 protection degree in combination with an IP54 filter

Model Description

SSC-08 FF08
SSC-12 FF12, GF12
SSC-13 FF13
SSC-15 FF15, GF15
SSC-20 FF20, GF20

12 ■ Fandis 45
FILTER FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
Accessories - Document holder
• Holds documents in A4 format
• Fixing through a pre-arranged double side adhesive tape
• Standard color RAL 7035

Model

TPD-A4

Accessories - Adapters
• Allow fan filter installation in a semi built-in position in the electric cabinet, reducing the internal
dimensions
• Available for FF and GF series in 150x150mm, 204x204mm and 325x325mm sizes
• Standard color RAL 7035 and RAL 7032

Model Description

FPFA12-7032G FF12, GF12


FPFA12-7035G FF12, GF12
FPFA12-9005G FF12, GF12
FPFA15-7032G FF15, GF15
FPFA15-7035G FF15, GF15
FPFA20-7011G FF20, GF20
FPFA20-7032G FF20, GF20
FPFA20-7035G FF20, GF20

45

Accessories - Filter media


• Filter media can be cleaned, up to 10 times, by careful washing, blowing dry and lightly beating
• Available for FF and GF series in all sizes
• G4 not available for FF08 models
• 6 pcs. per kit

Model Description Filtration Class

M08FPFK FF08 G3
M12FPF5K FF12 G4
M12FPFK FF12 G3
M12GFK GF12 G3
M13FPF5K FF13 G4
M13FPFK FF13 G3
M15FPF5K FF15 G4
M15FPFK FF15 G3
M15GFK GF15 G3
M20FPF5K FF20 G4
M20FPFK FF20 G3
M20GFK GF20 G3

Fandis ■ 13
FILTER FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

Accessories - Pressure compensation device


• Avoids the pressure compensation for temperature fluctuations across the seal. Air pressure changes
are compensated and the ingress of dirt and water is prevented
• Easy installation to any cabinet, even retrospectively
• Standard color RAL 7035
• IP55 protection degree

Model

CP-U55-00

Orientable fan
• Prevents hot spots inside the cabinet
• Vertical/horizontal adjustable positioning
• Quick electrical connection with screwless terminal
• Metal protection guards on both sides
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure
mm V W m3/h Pa
OF-A12B23SWBAQ130 119x119x38 230 V a.c. 21/21 163/182 60/62 CE;

14 ■ Fandis
FILTER FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
Sizing

When we use filter fans, we must accept a target temperature inside


the cabinet greater than ambient temperature outside the cabinet.
So the difference ∆T between inside and outside temperature is always
positive. We can calculate the filter fan air flow by the ratio between
the thermal power Q and the difference of temperature ∆T and multiplying
by a coefficient of heat transfer (f) which consider the physical properties
of the air such as the specific heat and density which changes
with the altitude.

Nomenclature:
Ti = target temperature inside the cabinet
Te = ambient temperature outside the cabinet
∆T = temperature difference between inside
and outside the cabinet
Q = active thermal load inside the cabinet
f = coefficient of heat transfer

Fandis ■ 15
FRAME FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

AC axial frame fans - Costech


• AC shaded pole or capacitor fans
• Wire (W) or terminal (T) connection
• Motor protection: impedance or thermal
• Support system: ball or sleeve bearing
• Frameless versions (A12W and A12Z models)
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure
mm V W m3/h Pa dB(A)
A06G12HWBF00 60x60x30 115 V a.c. 5/4 14/17 18/27 27/28 Ball CE; cURus;
A06G23HWBF00 60x60x30 230 V a.c. 5/4 14/17 17/27 27/28 Ball CE; cURus;
A08A12HWBF00 80x80x25 115 V a.c. 14/11 36/41 40/55 32/35 Ball CE; cURus;
A08A12HWSF00 80x80x25 115 V a.c. 14/11 36/41 40/55 32/35 Sleeve CE; cURus;
A08A23HWBF00 80x80x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 32/39 35/55 32/35 Ball CE; UR;
A08A23HWSF00 80x80x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 32/39 35/55 32/35 Sleeve CE; UR;
A08B12HWBF00 80x80x38 115 V a.c. 12/9 41/51 40/55 32/36 Ball CE; cURus;
A08B12HWSF00 80x80x38 115 V a.c. 14/12 41/51 40/55 32/36 Sleeve CE; cURus;
A08B12LWBF00 80x80x38 115 V a.c. 12/9 33/42 25/40 28/32 Ball CE; cURus;
A08B12LWSF00 80x80x38 115 V a.c. 12/9 33/42 25/40 28/32 Sleeve CE; cURus;
A08B23HWBF00 80x80x38 230 V a.c. 14/12 41/51 40/55 32/36 Ball CE; UR;
A08B23HWSF00 80x80x38 230 V a.c. 14/12 41/51 40/55 32/36 Sleeve CE; UR;
A08B23LWBF00 80x80x38 230 V a.c. 14/12 33/42 25/40 28/32 Ball CE; UR;
A08B23LWSF00 80x80x38 230 V a.c. 14/12 33/42 25/40 28/32 Sleeve CE; UR;
A09A12HTBF00 92x92x25 115 V a.c. 14/11 56/68 37/54 32/36 Ball CE; cURus;
A09A12HTSF00 92x92x25 115 V a.c. 14/11 56/68 37/54 32/36 Sleeve CE; cURus;
A09A23HTBF00 92x92x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 56/68 37/54 32/36 Ball CE; UR;
A09A23HTSF00 92x92x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 56/68 37/54 32/36 Sleeve CE; UR;
A09A23MTBF00 92x92x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 51/63 30/45 28/32 Ball CE; UR;
A09A23MTSF00 92x92x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 51/63 30/45 28/32 Sleeve CE; UR;
A12W12HWBW00 113x38 115 V a.c. 20/18 150/167 66/81 43/48 Ball CE; cURus;
A12W23HWBW00 113x38 230 V a.c. 20/19 148/182 65/80 46/49 Ball CE; cURus;
A12Z12HWBW00 113x38 115 V a.c. 19/18 150/167 66/81 43/48 Ball CE;
A12Z12HWSW00 113x38 115 V a.c. 19/18 150/167 66/81 43/48 Sleeve CE;
A12Z23HWBW00 113x38 230 V a.c. 18/18 148/182 65/80 46/49 Ball CE;
A12Z23HWSW00 113x38 230 V a.c. 18/18 148/182 65/80 46/49 Sleeve CE;
A12A12HTBF00 120x120x25 115 V a.c. 14/11 99/117 42/40 38/42 Ball CE; cURus;
A12A12HTSF00 120x120x25 115 V a.c. 14/11 99/117 42/40 38/42 Sleeve CE; cURus;
A12A12MTBF00 120x120x25 115 V a.c. 14/11 87/105 27/32 33/35 Ball CE; cURus;
A12A12MTSF00 120x120x25 115 V a.c. 14/11 87/105 27/32 33/35 Sleeve CE; cURus;
A12A23HTBF00 120x120x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 109/127 52/52 38/42 Ball CE; UR;
A12A23HTSF00 120x120x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 109/127 52/52 38/42 Sleeve CE; UR;
A12A23MTBF00 120x120x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 87/102 27/32 34/36 Ball CE; UR;
A12A23MTSF00 120x120x25 230 V a.c. 16/14 87/102 27/32 34/36 Sleeve CE; UR;
A12B05HTBW00 120x120x38 24 V d.c. 14/14 129/142 55/40 45/48 Ball CE;
A12B05HTSW00 120x120x38 24 V d.c. 13,2/13,2 147/142 55/50 46/45 Sleeve CE;
A12B12HTBW00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 20/18 148/182 65/80 46/49 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B12HTSW00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 20/18 138/178 55/75 44/48 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B12LTBW00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 11/11 133/122 35/32 42/40 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B12LTSW00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 11/11 115/104 35/20 41/37 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B12MTBW00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 16/15 136/143 52/62 44/46 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;

16 ■ Fandis
FRAME FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
Rated Rated Max air Static
Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure
mm V W m3/h Pa dB(A)
A12B12MTSW00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 16/15 129/141 50/52 44/46 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B12STBW00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 22/20 165/182 75/95 48/50 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B12STSW00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 22/23,8 165/182 62/95 47/50 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B23ETSW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 6,5/6 83/82 16/16 29/28 Sleeve CE;VDE
A12B23HTBW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 20/19 139/182 60/80 46/49 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B23HTSW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 20/19 138/178 55/75 44/48 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B23LTBW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 11/10 114/102 27/22 44/42 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B23LTSW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 11/10 115/104 35/20 41/37 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B23MTBW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 16/15 133/143 47/57 43/45 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B23MTSW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 16/15 129/141 50/52 44/46 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B23STBW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 22/21 143/199 62/97 47/50 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;
A12B23STSW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 22/21 141/182 62/95 47/50 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A12R23HTBW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 20/19 150/167 66/81 48/54 Ball CE; cURus; VDE;
A12R23HTSW00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 20/19 150/167 66/81 48/54 Sleeve CE; cURus; VDE;
A13B12HTBF00 127x127x38 115 V a.c. 14/12 174/204 72/28 46/50 Ball CE; cURus;
A13B23HTBF00 127x127x38 230 V a.c. 17/15 174/204 72/28 46/50 Ball CE; cURus;
A17C12HWBF00 172x150x51 115 V a.c. 32/28 290/331 105/95 50/55 Ball CE; cURus;
A17C23HWBF00 172x150x51 230 V a.c. 35/30 290/331 105/95 50/55 Ball CE; cURus;
C17B12HTBF00 172x150x38 115 V a.c. 29/28 300/360 167/187 54/58 Ball CE; cURus;
C17B23HTBF00 172x150x38 230 V a.c. 27/26 300/360 167/187 54/58 Ball CE; cURus;
C17C12HTBF00 172x150x51 115 V a.c. 31/31 348/384 157/197 53/58 Ball CE; cURus;
C17C23HTBF00 172x150x51 230 V a.c. 29/29 348/384 157/197 53/58 Ball CE; cURus;
C18C12HTBF00 172x172x51 115 V a.c. 31/31 348/384 157/197 50/55 Ball CE; cURus;
C18C23HTBF00 172x172x51 230 V a.c. 29/29 348/384 157/197 50/55 Ball CE; cURus;
C22S12HKBD00 218x218x83 115 V a.c. 79/96 855/930 190/201 64,6/67,4 Ball CE;
C22S23HKBD00 218x218x83 230 V a.c. 78/94 855/930 197/211 65/68 Ball CE;
C22S40HKBD00 218x218x83 400 V 3 ~ 174 970 265 61 Ball CE;
C25S12HKBE00 280x280x80 115 V a.c. 107/138 1680/1920 299/270 64,6/67,4 Ball CE;
C25S23HKBE00 280x280x80 230 V a.c. 101/127 1630/1865 280/280 67/70 Ball CE;
C25S40HKBE00 280x280x80 400 V 3 ~ 86/117 1540/1680 280/275 67/69 Ball CE;

Other fans with different features available.

45

Fandis ■ 17
FRAME FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

DC axial frame fans - Costech


• Brushless motor
• Wire connection
• Motor protection: impedance or IC
• Support system: ball, sleeve or hypro bearing
• Alarm or speed sensor output (optionally)

Rated Voltage Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage Range power flow Pressure
mm V V d.c. W m3/h Pa dB(A)
D04D04HWBZ00 40x40x20 12 V d.c. 10.8 - 13.2 1.3 15 70 36 Ball CE; cURus;
D04D05HWBZ00 40x40x20 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 2.16 15 70 36 Ball CE; cURus;
D04E04HWHT00 40x40x10 12 V d.c. 10.8 - 13.2 1.2 11 25 26 Hypro CE; cURus;
D04E05HWBT00 40x40x10 24 V d.c. 21.6...26.4 2.16 11 25 30.5 Ball CE; cURus;
D04E05HWHT00 40x40x10.5 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 2.16 11 25 30.5 Hypro CE; cURus;
D06A04HWBA00 60x60x25 12 V d.c. 10.8...13.2 2.8 42 50 36.8 Ball CE; cURus;
D06A04HWSA00 60x60x25 12 V d.c. 10.8...13.2 2.76 42 50 33.1 Hypro CE; cURus;
D06A05HWBA00 60x60x25 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 2.88 40 63 33.1 Ball CE; cURus;
D06A05HWSA00 60x60x25 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 2.88 40 63 33.1 Hypro CE; cURus;
D08A04HWSA00 80x80x25 12 V d.c. 10.8 - 13.2 3 68 38 33.4 Sleeve CE; cURus;
D08A05HWBA00 80x80x25 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 3.84 68 38 33.4 Ball CE; UR;
D08A05HWSA00 80x80x25 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 3.84 68 38 33.4 Sleeve CE; UR;
D08D04HWSA00 80x80x20 12 V d.c. 10.8 - 13.2 2.9 49 37 34 Sleeve CE; UR;
D09A04HWSZ00 92x92x25 12 V d.c. 10.8-13.2 3 87 34 35.4 Sleeve CE; cURus;
D09A05HWBZ00 92x92x25 24 V d.c. 21.6...26.4 3.6 95 36 37.5 Ball CE; cURus;
D09A05HWSZ00 92x92x25 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 3.6 87 34 35.4 Sleeve CE; cURus;
D12A04HWSZ00 120x120x25 12 V d.c. 10.8 - 13.2 5.28 149 33 39.1 Sleeve CE; cURus;
D12A04SWSZ00 120x120x25 12 V d.c. 10.8-13.2 6 150 42 43.9 Sleeve CE; cURus;
D12A05HWBZ00 120x120x25 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 24.6 4.56 134 35 39.3 Ball CE; cURus;
D12A05HWSZ00 120x120x25 24 V d.c. 21.6-26.4 5.76 149 33 39.1 Sleeve CE; cURus;
D12B04HWBZ00 120x120x38 12 V d.c. 10.8 - 13.2 6 179 66 46.7 Ball CE; UR;
D12B05HWBZ00 120x120x38 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 7.68 179 66 46.7 Ball CE; cURus;
D12B05HWSZ00 120x120x38 24 V d.c. 21.6 - 26.4 7.68 179 66 46.7 Sleeve CE; cURus;
D12B05SWBZ00 120x120x38 24 V d.c. 21.6...26.4 9.6 204 83 48 Ball CE; cURus;
D17C05HWBA00 172x150x51 24 V d.c. 12 - 26 24 450 187 58.8 Ball CE; cURus;
Other fans with different features available.

EC axial frame fans - Costech


• EC green technology for high performances
• Brushless motor
• Wire connection
• Impedance protected motor
• Ball bearing system
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure
mm V W m3/h Pa dB(A)
E08B12HWBL00 80x80x38 115 V a.c. 5/5 64/68.5 46/53 35/37 Ball CE;
E08B23HWBL00 80x80x38 230 V a.c. 5/5 68/73 53/61 37/39 Ball CE;
E12B23HWBL00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 6/6 198/206 79/77 45/46.8 Ball CE;
E12B23LWBL00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 2.5/2.5 132/138 32/37 34/35.7 Ball CE;
E12B23MWBL00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 4/4 169/176 55/58 40/41.8 Ball CE;
Other fans with different features available.
18 ■ Fandis
FRAME FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
DC blowers - Costech
• Brushless motor
• Wire connection
• IC protected motor
• Support system: ball and sleeve bearing

Rated Voltage Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage Range power flow Pressure
mm V V d.c. W m3/h Pa dB(A)
DC1G05MWBA01 120x120x31 24 V d.c. 21.6...26.4 9.4 48 220 49.0 Ball CE; cURus;

Other fans with different features available.

IP55 AC fans - Costech


• Water jet resistant and dustproof
• Shaded pole motor
• Wire (W) or terminal (T) connection
• Motor protection: impedance or thermal
• Ball bearing system
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure
mm V W m3/h Pa dB(A)
A06G23HWBFF0 60x60x30 230 V a.c. 5/4 14/17 17/27 27/28 Ball CE;
A08B12HWBFF0 80x80x38 115 V a.c. 14/12 41/51 40/55 32/36 Ball CE;
A08B23HWBFF0 80x80x38 230 V a.c. 14/12 41/51 40/55 32/36 Ball CE;
A12W23HWBWF0 113x38 230 V a.c. 20/19 150/180 66/80 46/49 Ball CE;
A12W23SWBWF0 113x38 230 V a.c. 22/21 165/182 62/95 48/50 Ball CE;
A12B05HTBWF0 120x120x38 24 V d.c. 14/14 129/142 55/40 45/48 Ball CE;
A12B12ETBKF0 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 6/5.5 78/84 15/15 27/28 Ball CE;
A12B12HWBWF0 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 18/18 136/168 57/80 46/49 Ball CE;
A12B12LTBKF0 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 7/7 120/114 35/22 32/30 Ball CE;
A12B23ETBKF0 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 6.5/6 78/84 15/15 27/28 Ball CE;
A12B23HTBWF0 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 20/19 139/182 60/80 46/49 Ball CE;
A12B23HWBWF0 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 20/19 148/182 65/80 46/49 Ball CE;
A12B23LTBKF0 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 7.5/7.5 120/114 35/22 32/30 Ball CE;
A12B23MTBWF0 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 16/15 133/143 47/57 43/45 Ball CE;
A12B23SWBWF0 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 24/22 143/199 62/97 48/50 Ball CE;
A17M12SWBMF0 172x150x55 115 V a.c. 42/42 332/391 137/157 49/53 Ball CE;
A17M23SWBMF0 172x150x55 230 V a.c. 42/42 332/391 137/157 49/53 Ball CE;cURus

Other fans with different features available.

Fandis ■ 19
FRAME FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

IP55 DC fans - Costech


• Water jet resistant and dustproof
• Brushless motor
• Wire connection
• Motor protection: impedance or IC
• Ball bearing system

Rated Voltage Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage Range power flow Pressure
mm V V d.c. W m3/h Pa dB(A)
D08A04HWBAF0 80x80x25 12 V d.c. 10.8 - 13.2 3 68 38 33.4 Ball CE; cURus;
D12B04HWBAF0 120x120x38 12 V d.c. 10.8...13.2 6 179 66 46.7 Ball CE;
D12B05HWBAF0 120x120x38 24 V d.c. 21.6...26.4 7.7 179 66 46.7 Ball CE;

Other fans with different features available.

High temperature resistant AC fans - Costech


• High temperature resistant up to 90°C
• All metal construction
• Shaded pole motor
• Wire (W) or terminal (T) connection
• Motor protection: impedance or thermal
• Ball bearing system(B)
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure
mm V W m3/h Pa dB(A)
A09B12HWBMT0 92x92x38 115 V a.c. 12/11 75/87 60/75 37/42 Ball CE;
A09B23HTBMT0 92x92x38 230 V a.c. 12/11 75/87 59/74 37/42 Ball CE;
A12B12HTBMT0 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 17/15 150/175 64/60 42/46 Ball CE;
A12B12LTBMT0 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 17/15 110/115 25/22 33/35 Ball CE;
A12B23HTBMT0 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 17/15 150/175 64/59 42/46 Ball CE; cURus;
A12B23LTBMT0 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 17/15 107/110 25/22 33/35 Ball CE; cURus;
A17M12SWBMT0 172x150x55 115 V a.c. 42/42 332/391 137/157 49/53 Ball CE; cURus;
A17M23SWBMT0 172x150x55 230 V a.c. 42/42 332/391 137/157 49/53 Ball CE; cURus;
A17T12SWBMT0 172x150x55 115 V a.c. 45/45 383/434 124/124 58/61 Ball CE; cURus;
A17T23SWBMT0 172x150x55 230 V a.c. 45/45 383/434 124/124 58/61 Ball CE; cURus;

Other fans with different features available.

20 ■ Fandis
FRAME FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
All metal AC fans - Costech
• Metal fan blades for good corrosion resistant
• Shaded pole motor
• Wire (W) or terminal (T) connection
• Motor protection: impedance or thermal
• Ball bearing system
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Rated Rated Max air Static


Model Dimensions Noise Bearing Approvals
Voltage power flow Pressure
mm V W m3/h Pa dB(A)
A09B12HWBM00 92x92x38 115 V a.c. 12/11 75/87 60/75 37/42 Ball CE; cURus;
A09B23HWBM00 92x92x38 230 V a.c. 12/11 75/87 60/75 37/42 Ball CE; cURus;
A12B12HTBM00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 15/13 151/175 64/60 42/46 Ball CE; cURus;
A12B12LTBM00 120x120x38 115 V a.c. 17/15 107/114 25/22 33/35 Ball CE; cURus;
A12B23HTBM00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 17/15 151/175 65/60 42/46 Ball CE; cURus;
A12B23LTBM00 120x120x38 230 V a.c. 17/15 107/114 25/22 33/35 Ball CE; cURus;
A17M12SWBM00 172x150x55 115 V a.c. 42/42 332/391 137/157 49/53 Ball CE; cURus;
A17M23SWBM00 172x150x55 230 V a.c. 42/42 332/391 137/157 49/53 Ball CE; cURus;
A17T12SWBM00 172x150x55 115 V a.c. 45/45 383/434 123/126 58/61 Ball CE; cURus;
A17T23SWBM00 172x150x55 230 V a.c. 45/45 383/434 123/126 58/61 Ball CE; cURus;
45

Other fans with different features available.

Fandis ■ 21
FRAME FANS
VENTILATION SYSTEMS

Accessories - Metal fan guards


• A: fan guard diameter

Model A Model A
mm mm
40 29.1 120 115.6
50 42 127 115.6
60 53 150 154.4
80 76 150/S 154.4
92 90 GMP200NK 215
GMP250NK 278

Accessories - Metal filters


Model Dimensions
mm
FM/60 60x60
FM/80 83.8x82.8
FM/92 92x92
45

FM/120 119x119
FM/150 182x182

Accessories - Metal ventilation louvres


Model Dimensions
mm
G120M-7035 120x120

Accessories - Plastic fan guards 45

Model Dimensions
mm
G40 42.3x42.3
G60 60x60
G80 81x81
G92 92x92
G120 121x121
G150 173x173

Accessories - Plastic filters 45

Model Dimensions
mm
F40/MR 46.4x46.4
45

F60/MR 64x64
F80/MR 86x86
F92/MR 97x97
F120/MR 126x126
F150/MR 179x179

22 ■ Fandis
FRAME FANS

VENTILATION SYSTEMS
45

Accessories - Spare filter media (for plastic filters)


Model Dimensions
mm
M40 42x42
M60 60x60
M80 81x81
M92 92x92
M120 120x120
M150 172x172

Accessories - Fast assembly plastic fan guards


Model Dimensions
mm
G80/S 80x80
G120/S 120x120
G127/S 127.5x127.5

Accessories - Plastic rivets


• A: plastic rivet lenght

Model Description A Color


mm
45

FAR175TPN Flat 17 9005 (Black)


FAR175TPR Flat 17 7032 (Grey)
FAR175TSN V-shaped 17 9005 (Black)
FAR175TSR V-shaped 17 7032 (Grey) 45

FAR225TPN Flat 22 9005 (Black)


FAR225TPR Flat 22 7032 (Grey)
FAR225TSN V-shaped 22 9005 (Black)
FAR225TSR V-Shaped 22 7032 (Grey)

Accessories - Elastic rivets


Model

EAR4401N

45

Accessories - Fan power leads


Model Length of cable Description
mm
C60 1,520 Straight
C80 2,030 Straight
C80E 2,030 Straight
C100 2,540 Straight
CM500E 5,000 Straight
C24 610 Straight
C24-45 610 45°
C36 910 Straight
C36-45 910 45°

Fandis ■ 23
HEATERS
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMS

H series heaters with cable


• Metal (M) or touch-safe plastic (P) cover
• 3x20AWG cable with 500mm length
• Clip fastening system for DIN rail TS35
• Heating element consists of a self-regulating PTC resistor

Heating Rated
Model Dimensions Weight Approvals
Power Voltage
mm W V Kg
HWM005 78x28x49 5 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.110 CE; cURus;
HWM010 78x28x49 10 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.110 CE; cURus;
HWM015 78x28x49 15 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.110 CE; cURus;
HWM015X 78x28x49 15 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.110 CE;
HWM020 78x28x49 20 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.110 CE; cURus;
HWM025 108x28x49 25 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.150 CE; cURus;
HWM030 108x28x49 30 110-120 V a.c./d.c. 0.150 CE; cURus;
HWM030X 108x28x49 30 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.150 CE;
HWM045 108x61.5x85 45 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.400 CE; cURus;
HWM045X 108x61.5x85 45 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.400 CE;
HWM060 108x61.5x85 60 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.400 CE; cURus;
HWM060X 108x61.5x85 60 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.400 CE;
HWM080 158x61.5x85 80 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.550 CE; cURus;
HWM100 158x61.5x85 100 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.550 CE; cURus;
HWM150 208x61.5x85 150 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.750 CE; cURus;
HWMS080X 108x61.5x85 80 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.425 CE;
HWMS100X 108x61.5x85 100 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.425 CE;
HWMS150X 158x61.5x85 150 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.575 CE;
HWP045 108x61.5x85 45 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.400 CE; cURus;
HWP060 108x61.5x85 60 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.400 CE; cURus;
HWP080 158x61.5x85 80 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.550 CE; cURus;
HWP100 158x61.5x85 100 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.550 CE; cURus;
HWP150 208x61.5x85 150 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.750 CE; cURus;

24 ■ Fandis
HEATERS

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMS


H series heaters with terminal block
• Metal (M) or touch-safe plastic (P) cover
• 3 screwless terminals
• Clip fastening system for DIN rail TS35
• Heating element consists of a self-regulating PTC resistor

Heating Rated
Model Dimensions Weight Approvals
Power Voltage
mm W V Kg
HTM045 138x61.5x85 45 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.450 CE; cURus;
HTM060 138x61.5x85 60 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.450 CE; cURus;
HTM080 188x61.5x85 80 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.600 CE; cURus;
HTM100 188x61.5x85 100 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.600 CE; cURus;
HTM150 238x61.5x85 150 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.800 CE; cURus;
HTMS080X 138x61.5x85 80 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.455 CE;
HTMS100X 138x61.5x85 100 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.455 CE;
HTMS150X 188x61.5x85 150 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.625 CE;
HTP045 138x61.5x85 45 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.450 CE; cURus;
HTP060 138x61.5x85 60 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.450 CE; cURus;
HTP080 188x61.5x85 80 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.600 CE; cURus;
HTP100 188x61.5x85 100 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.600 CE; cURus;
HTP150 238x61.5x85 150 110-240 V a.c./d.c. 0.800 CE; cURus;

H series heaters with fan


• Metal (M) or touch-safe plastic (P) cover
• 3 screwless terminals
• Clip fastening system for DIN rail TS35
• Heating element consists of a self-regulating PTC resistor with integrated bimetal thermal protector

Heating Rated
Model Dimensions Weight Approvals
Power Voltage
mm W V Kg
HVMS200THP-115 143x61.5x85 200 115 V a.c. 0.550 CE; cURus;
HVMS200THP-230 143x61.5x85 200 230 V a.c. 0.550 CE;
HVMS250THP-115 193x61.5x85 250 115 V a.c. 0.700 CE; cURus;
HVMS250THP-230 193x61.5x85 250 230 V a.c. 0.700 CE; cURus;
HVMS350THP-115 243x61.5x85 350 115 V a.c. 0.900 CE; cURus;
HVMS350THP-230 243x61.5x85 350 230 V a.c. 0.900 CE;
HVPS200THP-115 143x61.5x85 200 115 V a.c. 0.550 CE; cURus;
HVPS200THP-230 143x61.5x85 200 230 V a.c. 0.550 CE;
HVPS250THP-115 193x61.5x85 250 115 V a.c. 0.700 CE; cURus;
HVPS250THP-230 193x61.5x85 250 230 V a.c. 0.700 CE; cURus;
HVPS350THP-115 243x61.5x85 350 115 V a.c. 0.900 CE; cURus;
HVPS350THP-230 243x61.5x85 350 230 V a.c. 0.900 CE;

Fandis ■ 25
COOLING UNITS
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMS

DC thermoelectric units
• Solid-state device with Peltier technology IP55
• Suitable for any plate thickness protection degree

• No chlorofluorocarbons (CFC) and compressor


• Reversible process heat/cool
• Operation in any orientation
• Not sensitive to vibration
• Virtually free maintenance - No moving parts (except the fans)

Operating Rated
Cooling Rated Rated Max
Model Temp. Voltage Weight Approvals
Power Voltage Current Current Range Range
W V A A °C V Kg
TCU501240IP55-7035 50 12 Vd.c. 5.0 5.8 -20 ~ +70 7 ~ 13 4 CE;
TCU502440IP55-7035 50 24 Vd.c. 2.4 2.8 -20 ~ +70 10 ~ 27.6 4 CE;
TCU1002440IP55-7035 100 24 Vd.c. 4.7 5.7 -20 ~ +70 17 ~ 27 6 CE;
TCU1004840IP55-7035 100 48 Vd.c. 2.4 3.0 -20 ~ +70 34 ~ 54 6 CE;
TCU2002440IP55-7035 200 24 Vd.c. 9.5 11.5 -20 ~ +70 17-27 Vd.c. 12 CE;
TCU2004840IP55-7035 200 48 Vd.c. 4.8 6.0 -20 ~ +70 34-54 Vd.c. 12 CE;

IP55
AC thermoelectric units protection degree

• Solid-state device with Peltier technology • No chlorofluorocarbons (CFC) and compressor


• Suitable for any plate thickness • Operation in any orientation
• Stainless steel external cover • Not sensitive to vibration
• Integrated AC/DC power supply on • Virtually free maintenance - No moving parts
the outer cover (except the fans)

Rated Input Max Input Operating


Model Cooling Power Voltage Weight Approvals
Power Power Temp. Range
Range
W V W W °C Kg
TCU200AC40-SIP 201 88-264 Va.c. 245 306 -20 ~ +50 14 CE;

Thermoelectric modules
• Semiconductor-based electronic components
• Core system of the thermoelectric units
• No chlorofluorocarbons (CFC)
• Reversible process heat/cool
• Not sensitive to vibration

Max Max Max Cooling Max Temp. Max Operating


Model Dimensions Current Voltage Power Differential Temp.
mm A V W °C °C
TM1-1273050-HXHP 30x30x2.9 5.0 15.2 47.1 66 125
TM1-1274060-HXHP 40x40x3.8 6.0 15.3 60.0 67 125
45

Accessories - Drip trays


• Stainless steel accessory used to collect the condensate generated on the cold heat sink inside the
enclosure
• Suitable for vertical installation of the thermoelectric units

Model Descriptions

RC-TCU100-1001 for TCU100


RC-TCU200-1001 for TCU200 / TCU200AC
RC-TCU50-1001 for TCU50

26 ■ Fandis
REGULATORS

AMBIENT CONTROL SYSTEMS


NO-NC Thermostats
• Normally Closed (NC) and normally Open (NO) versions
• Patented snap-on fastening system on DIN rails TS35/15/32
• Wide temperature setting range with °C or °F scales
• Disc setting by hand or tool
• Standard color RAL 7035

Rated Rated Contact Setting Setting Differential


Model Voltage Range Current Current Range Range (referred to set point) Accuracy Approvals
V A A °C °F K K
TRT-10A230V-NC 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 15 -10 ~ 80 -3 ±3 CE; cURus;
TRT-10A230V-NCF 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 15 14 ~ 176 -3 ±3 CE; cURus;
TRT-10A230V-NO 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 15 -10 ~ 80 +4 if A < 5 ; +7 if A > 5 ±3 CE; cURus;
TRT-10A230V-NOF 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 15 14 ~ 176 +4 if A < 5 ; +7 if A > 5 ±3 CE; cURus;

Change-over thermostats
• Change over contact
• Snap-on fastening system on DIN rail TS35
• Standard color RAL 7035

Rated Rated Contact Setting Differential


Model Accuracy Approvals
Voltage Range Current Current Range (referred to set point)
V A A °C K K
(Heating) a.c. 10(4) d.c. 30W- 1 (with thermal
TRT-230V-S01 230 V a.c. 10 5 ~ 60 ±3 CE;
(Cooling) a.c. 5(2) retroaction)

Fandis ■ 27
REGULATORS
AMBIENT CONTROL SYSTEMS

Twin thermostats
• Normally Closed/Normally Open (NC-NO), Normally Closed/Normally Closed (NC-NC) and Normally
Open/ Normally Open (NO-NO) versions
• Separate adjustment and operation of the devices
• Snap-on fastening system on DIN rail TS35
• Wide temperature setting range with °C or °F scales
• Disc setting by hand or tool
• Standard color RAL 7035

Rated Rated Contact Setting Setting Differential


Model Accuracy Approvals
Voltage Range Current Current Range Range (referred to set point)
V A A °C °F K K

TRT2-10A230V-NCNC 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 + 10 15 + 15 -10 ~ 80 -3 ±3 CE; cURus;

TRT2-10A230V-NCNCF 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 + 10 15 + 15 14 ~ 176 -3 ±3 CE; cURus;

-3 (NC) / +4 if A < 5 ;
TRT2-10A230V-NCNO 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 + 10 15 + 15 -10 ~ 80 ±3 CE; cURus;
+7 if A > 5 (NO)
-3 (NC) / +4 if A < 5 ;
TRT2-10A230V-NCNOF 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 + 10 15 + 15 14 ~ 176 ±3 CE; cURus;
+7 if A > 5 (NO)

TRT2-10A230V-NONO 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 + 10 15 + 15 -10 ~ 80 +4 if A < 5 ; +7 if A > 5 ±3 CE; cURus;

TRT2-10A230V-NONOF 60 V d.c.;110-250 V a.c. 10 + 10 15 + 15 14 ~ 176 +4 if A < 5 ; +7 if A > 5 ±3 CE; cURus;

Hygrostats
• Snap-on fastening system on DIN rail TS35
• Disc setting by hand or tool
• Standard color RAL 7035
• UL approved till max 80% RH

Rated Rated Setting Differential


Model Accuracy Approvals
Voltage Current Range average
V A %RH %RH %RH
IGR35F 120-240 V a.c. 12 - 6 ; 6 - 3 10 - 90 5 ±5 CE; cURus;

28 ■ Fandis
REGULATORS

AMBIENT CONTROL SYSTEMS


Door limit switches
• Versions available:
plain plunger (FC-001),
plain plunger with manual reset (FC-002),
roller plunger (FC-003),
roller plunger with adjustable lever (FC-004),
plain plunger with 3 NC contacts (FC-005)
• For all versions: No. 1 Normally Open (NO) contact and No. 1 Normally Closed (NC) contact,
except for FC-005 model

a.c. Rated a.c. Rated d.c. Rated d.c. Rated


Model Approvals
Voltage Range Current Range Voltage Range Current Range
V A V A
FC-001 24 - 400 10 - 4 24 - 250 6 - 0.4 CE; cULus;
FC-002 24 - 400 10 - 4 24 - 250 6 - 0.4 CE; cULus;
FC-003 24 - 400 10 - 4 24 - 250 6 - 0.4 CE; cULus;
FC-004 24 - 400 10 - 4 24 - 250 6 - 0.4 CE; cULus;
45

FC-005 24 - 400 10 - 4 24 - 250 6 - 0.4 CE; cULus;

Accessories - Slide limit switch


• Plastic support for simple positioning of FC series door limit switch
• The kit consists of No.1 slide for limit switch, No.2 screws and No.2 nuts

Model

SA-FC01K

Accessories - Schuko socket


• Clip fastening system for DIN rail TS35
• Grey color
• Screw terminals (2P+GND)

Rated Rated Working


Model Weight Approvals
Voltage Current Temp.Range
V A °C kg
FS-S16-DIN35 230 V a.c. 16 -20°C ÷ 40°C 0.1 CE;

Fandis ■ 29
LIGHTS
ELECTRO-TECHNICAL SYSTEMS

FLL series AC LED lamps


• Long life and low energy consumption by LED technology
• ON/OFF switch (-S) or PIR movement sensor (-IR)
• Standard screw-in or, optionally, magnetic fastening for metallic surfaces (-IRM or -SM models)
• Wieland (-IRV or -SV models) or screwless wiring system
• Daisy chain connection (up to 10 units), except for models with Wieland connection
• Adjustable light beam
• Multi-voltage version available (FLL-300)
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Model Length Rated Voltage Rated power No. of led Color Temp. Lum. Flux Approvals
mm V W K lm
FLL-120565U-IR 356 115 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-120565U-IRM 356 115 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-120565U-IRV 364 115 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-120565U-IRVM 364 115 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-120565U-S 356 115 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-120565U-SM 356 115 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-120565U-SV 364 115 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-120565U-SVM 364 115 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-230565U-IR 356 230 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-230565U-IRM 356 230 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-230565U-IRV 364 230 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-230565U-IRVM 364 230 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-230565U-S 356 230 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-230565U-SM 356 230 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-230565U-SV 364 230 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-230565U-SVM 364 230 V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-300565U-IR 356 115-230V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-300565U-IRM 356 115-230V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-300565U-IRV 364 115-230V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-300565U-IRVM 364 115-230V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-300565U-S 356 115-230V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-300565U-SM 356 115-230V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-300565U-SV 364 115-230V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-300565U-SVM 364 115-230V a.c. 5.0 40 7,100 315 CE; cURus;

30 ■ Fandis
LIGHTS

ELECTRO-TECHNICAL SYSTEMS
FLL series DC LED lamps
• Long life and low energy consumption by LED technology
• ON/OFF switch (-S) or PIR movement sensor (-IR)
• Standard screw-in or, optionally, magnetic fastening for metallic surfaces (-IRM or -SM models)
• Wieland (-IRV or -SV models) or screwless wiring system
• Daisy chain connection (up to 10 units), except for models with Wieland connection
• Adjustable light beam

Model Length Rated Voltage Rated power No. of led Color Temp. Lum. Flux Approvals
mm V W K lm
FLL-D120565U-IR 356 12 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D120565U-IRM 356 12 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D120565U-IRV 364 12 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D120565U-IRVM 364 12 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D120565U-S 356 12 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D120565U-SM 356 12 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D120565U-SV 364 12 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D120565U-SVM 364 12 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D240565U-IR 356 24V a.c./d.c. 5.5/5.5 / 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D240565U-IRM 356 24V a.c./d.c. 5.5/5.5 / 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D240565U-IRV 364 24V a.c./d.c. 5.5/5.5 / 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D240565U-IRVM 364 24V a.c./d.c. 5.5/5.5 / 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D240565U-S 356 24V a.c./d.c. 5.5/5.5 / 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D240565U-SM 356 24V a.c./d.c. 5.5/5.5 / 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D240565U-SV 364 24V a.c./d.c. 5.5/5.5 / 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D240565U-SVM 364 24V a.c./d.c. 5.5/5.5 / 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D480565U-IR 356 48 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D480565U-IRM 356 48 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D480565U-IRV 364 48 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D480565U-IRVM 364 48 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D480565U-S 356 48 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D480565U-SM 356 48 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D480565U-SV 364 48 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;
FLL-D480565U-SVM 364 48 V d.c. 4.5 39 7,100 315 CE; cURus;

Accessories for FLL Series LED lamps


Model Descriptions
FLL-2MA Magnets kit (2pcs.)
CE-006WF 2-pole female Wieland connector
CVFLL-01 Power cable 2x18 AWG Wieland F L=3000 white
CVFLL-02 Power cable 2x18 AWG Wieland F L=3000 orange

Fandis ■ 31
LIGHTS
ELECTRO-TECHNICAL SYSTEMS

CLG-L series LED lamps


• Long life and low energy consumption by LED technology
• ON/OFF switch
• Metal fixing brackets for an adjustable lamp positioning
• Daisy chain connection

Rated Rated
Model Length No. of led Color Temp. Approvals
Voltage power
mm V W K
CLG-L307 400 115-230V a.c. 7 12 6,400 CE;

CLG series fluorescent lamps


• Equipped with fluorescent lamp type: T5 with lamp holder G5 type for CLG-R models; T4 with lamp
holder G5 type for CLG-T models; T8 with lamp holder G13 type for CLG-S models
• ON/OFF switch
• Magnetic mounting system for CLG-T models available
• Schuko socket version (CLG-SS)

Rated Rated Light type


Model Length Cable length Approvals
Voltage power lamp holder
mm V W mm
CLG-R2313 581 230 V a.c. 13 T5 / G5 1,800 CE;
CLG-R2321 914 230 V a.c. 21 T5 / G5 1,800 CE;
CLG-R236 277 230 V a.c. 6 T5 / G5 1,300 CE; GS;
CLG-R238 354 230 V a.c. 8 T5 / G5 1,800 CE;
CLG-SS2310 498 230 V a.c. 10 T8 / G13 - CE;
CLG-T2312 425 230 V a.c. 12 T4 / G5 1,800 CE; GS;
CLG-T2316 516 230 V a.c. 16 T4 /G5 1,800 CE;
CLG-T2320 616 230 V a.c. 20 T4 / G5 1,800 CE;
CLG-T2324 710 230 V a.c. 24 T4 / G5 1,800 CE;
CLG-T2330 810 230 V a.c. 30 T4 / G5 1,800 CE;
CLG-T236 270 230 V a.c. 6 T4 / G5 1,800 CE; GS;
CLG-T238 390 230 V a.c. 8 T4 / G5 1,800 CE; GS;

Accessories for Fluorescent lamps


Model Descriptions

CONNECTION CABLE

CVL01-200 multiple connection cable 2000 mm


CVL01-25 multiple connection cable 250 mm
CVL02-150 multiple connection cable 1500 mm
CVL02-200 connection cable 2000 mm
CVL02-350 connection cable 3500 mm

MAGNETIC SUPPORT

CLG-TSM1 for CLG-T models

32 ■ Fandis
LIMITED LIABILITY AND WARRANTY DISCLAIMER
The Manufacturer hereby makes no representation or warranties expressed or implied,
statutory or otherwise. All implied warranties, including those of merchantability or
fitness for use are hereby disclaimed.
The product is made in conformity with the cogent standards provided for by European
Health and Safety legislation.
Where expressly indicated, the product conforms to the standard of Safety and
Performance defined by recognised international bodies and subject to their periodic
verification.
Any loss or damage, both incidental and consequential, for any failure to perform or
delay to perform due to wrong use or wrong installation of the product, as well as to
the non-observance of technical specifications, are not covered by the Manufacturer’s
warranty.
The buyer alone is responsible to determine the suitability of the product.
The data indicated in the catalogue is purely indicative. The product is subject to wear.
Electrical connections must be carried out in compliance with pertinent national, state
or local health and safety laws.
If the apparatus in which the product is incorporated should guarantee continuous use
without variation or interruption in performance, the product must be utilised only in
the presence of a device which immediately signals any functional anomaly or arrest,
allowing immediate intervention or the activation of an auxiliary product.
If installed and/or integrated in other apparatus, the use and maintenance manual
of the apparatus must also indicate the correct use of our product and its working
characteristics and must prescribe its estimated life, before the product actually
reaches the maximum working hours shown in the data sheets, that is to say, taking
account of all the specific conditions of use and of the technical specifications supplied
and must supply exhaustive information allowing the user to substitute the product
(removal & substitution).
Any fan found to be defective within the limits of the warranty, will be replaced free
of charge. Costs of labour or other extra subsequent costs relative to the removal,
restitution or new installation of the fan are not covered by the product warranty.

Sales Conditions and Data Sheets available on www.fandis.it


Other models are available on request, subjet to quantities.
Printed Genuary 2020

All specifications, data and drawings are subject to change without notice.
Colors of engineering.

Fandis is an international point of reference for thermal management


systems (thermal solutions) in industrial and professional fields.

Forever oriented to service excellence, Fandis quality is certified


for the entire process of production and research into the design
of advanced solutions.
Fandis today, thanks to experience accumulated over 30 years of
activity, provides a valued technological partnership for all its clients.

Fandis S.p.A.
Via per Castelletto 69 - 28040 Borgo Ticino (NO) - Italy
Tel. +39 0321 96 32 32 - Fax +39 0321 96 32 96
info@fandis.it

For more information:


www.fandis.it
MLT-A02E/10_0120_LTP

Reseller
Centrale
de
mesure
DIRIS A-20
Multifunction performance metering & monitoring device - PMD
Multi-measurement
Single-circuit metering,

The solution for


measurement &

> Industry
> Infrastructure
analysis

> Building

diris_981_a_front.eps
DIRIS A-20 Strong points

> User-friendly operation


Function Functional diagram
> Compliant with IEC 61557-12
DIRIS A-20 units are performance metering > Detects wiring errors
and monitoring devices that provide the
> Customisable
user with all of the measurements needed to
complete energy efficient projects successfully
and to provide assured monitoring of electrical Compliance with standards
distribution.
All of this information can be used and > IEC 61557-12
analysed remotely with the help of energy
efficiency software programs.
> CEI 62053-22
Advantages class 0.5S
> IEC 62053-23
User-friendly operation RS485 DIRIS A-20
DIRIS A-20 class 2
With its large backlit multiple-display screen
> UL
with 4 hot keys, the DIRIS A-29 is easy to use.
Compliant with IEC 61557-12 DIRIS G

Reference standard for PMDs (Performance


DIRIS_576_i_1_en_cat

metering & monitoring devices), IEC 61557- Related software


12 guarantees performance levels and
satisfactory performance from the PMDs PLC > To use Socomec PMDs
under the environmental conditions typical of effectively, we can offer you
industrial and tertiary applications. Energy efficiency software several dedicated software
Detects wiring errors tools.
The DIRIS A-20 is equipped with an error See page 530.
correction function for TC connection.
Customisable
Additional communication and input/
output modules can extend the basic
functional scope of this product. Equipped
with additional modules, the DIRIS A-20
can provide the user with flexibility and
expandability throughout the service life
of the product.

Functions
Multi-measurement Metering Events
• Currents • Active energy: +/- kWh Alarms on all electrical parameters
- instantaneous: I1, I2, I3, In • Reactive energy: +/- kvarh Communications (1)
- maximum average: I1, I2, I3, In • Timetable: RS485 with MODBUS protocol
• Voltages & frequency Harmonic analysis Output
- instantaneous: V1, V2, V3, U12, U23, U31, F • Total harmonic distortion (rank 51) • Equipment control
• Powers - Currents: thd I1, thd I2, thd I3 • Alarm report
- instantaneous: 3P, ΣP, 3Q, ΣQ, 3S, ΣS - Phase-to-neutral voltage: thd V1, thd V2, thd V3 • Pulse report
- maximum average: ΣP, ΣQ, ΣS Phase-to-phase voltage: thd U12, thd U23, thd Input
• Power factors U31
• Information report from a dry external contact
- instantaneous: 3PF, ΣPF
(1) Available as an option (see the following pages).

52 General Catalogue 2017-2018 General Catalogue 2017-2018 52


DIRIS A-20
Multifunction performance metering & monitoring device - PMD
Multi-measurement

Front panel

1. Backlit LCD display


2. Pushbutton for currents (instantaneous and maximum), THD currents
and the connection correction function.
3. Pushbutton for voltages, frequency and THD voltages.
4. Pushbutton for power (instantaneous and maximum), active, reactive
DIRIS_981x_a_1_cat

and effective, power factor.


5. Pushbutton for energy sources and timer counter.

1 2 3 4 5
Case
92 +- 0.0
0.8

Type Plug-in
Dimensions L x H x P 96 x 96 x 60 mm
Case degree of protection IP30
Front degree of protection IP52
Display type Backlit LCD
DIRIS_577_e_1_x_cat

96 + 0.8
92 - 0.0 Type of terminal strips Fixed or removable
Section for connection of voltages and other terminals 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
35 Section for connection of currents 0.5 … 6 mm2
45 Weight 400 g
15
96
Plug-in optional modules
1 output
DIRIS® A-20
1 output that can be configured for:
diris_445_a_1_cat

• pulses: configurable (type, weight, duration) to kWh


or kVarh.
• Monitoring: 3I, In, 3V, 3U, F, ΣP, ΣQ, ΣS, ΣPFL/C,
THD 3I, THD 3V, THD 3U and timer meter.
DIRIS_773_a_1_cat

• Equipment control

Communication
diris_447_a_1_cat

RS485 link with MODBUS protocol


(speed up to 38 400 baud).

3 inputs , 1 output
diris_449_a_1_cat

3 inputs can be configured into:


• Information report from an external contact.
1 output that can be configured for:
• pulses: configurable (type, weight, duration) to kWh or kVarh.
• Monitoring: 3I, In, 3V, 3U, F, ΣP, ΣQ, ΣS, ΣPFL/C, THD 3I, THD 3V,
THD 3U and timer meter.
• Equipment control

Accessories
Current transformer (see page 488) IP65 protection
trafo_077_b_2_cat

DIRIS_720_a_2_cat
trafo_024_a_2_cat

53 General Catalogue 2017-2018 General Catalogue 2017-2018 53


DIRIS A-20
Multifunction performance metering & monitoring device - PMD
Multi-measurement

Electrical characteristics
Current measurement (TRMS) Energy accuracy
Via CT primary 9 999 A Active (according to IEC 62053-22) Class 0.5 S
Via CT secondary 5A Reactive (in acc. with CEI 62053-23) Class 2
Measurement range 0 … 11 kA Auxiliary power supply
Input consumption 0.6 VA Alternative voltage 110 … 400 VAC
Measurement updating period 1s AC tolerance ± 10%
DC voltage 120 … 289 VDC
Accuracy 0.2%
DC tolerance ± 20%
Permanent overload 6A
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Intermittent overload 10 In over 1 sec
Power consumption 10 VA
Voltage measurements (TRMS) Pulse or alarm output
Direct measurement between phases 50 … 500 VAC Number 1
Direct measurement between phase Type 100 VDC - 0,5 A - 10 VA
28 … 289 VAC
and neutral Max. number of manoeuvres ≤ 108
Input consumption ≤ 0.1 VA Inputs
Measurement updating period 1s Number 3
Accuracy 0.2% Power supply 10 … 30 VDC
Power measurement Minimum width of signal 10 ms
Measurement updating period 1s Minimum length between 2 pulses 18 ms
Accuracy 0.5% Type Optical couplers
Power factor measurement Communication
Measurement updating period 1s Link RS485
Accuracy 0.5% Type 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Frequency measurement Protocol MODBUS® in RTU mode
Measurement range 45 … 65 Hz MODBUS® speed 1400 … 38400 baud
Measurement updating period 1s Operating conditions
Accuracy 0.1% Operating temperature range - 10 … + 55°C
Storage temperature - 20 … + 85°C
Relative humidity 95%

Terminals

S1 - S2 : current inputs.
DIRIS_578_a_1_x_cat

V1 V2 V3 VN A U X S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 AUX : auxiliary power supply Us.
V1, V2, V3 & VN : voltage inputs.
DIRIS A20
Module communication Output or alarm module Module with 3 inputs, 1 output
DIRIS_579_a_1_x_cat

DIRIS_580_b_1_x_cat

+ - + - + -
0V - + 1 1 8 19
1 2 13 1 4 15 1 6 17 1 9 18
0n OUT 1
RS485 R = 120 IN 3 IN 2 IN 1 OUT 1

DIRIS A20 DIRIS A20 DIRIS A20


RS485 link. 18 - 19 : output n°1
R = 120 Ω : internal resistance for
the RS485 link.

Connection
Low voltage balanced network
Recommendation
- For IT earthing systems, it is recommended that the CT secondary is not connected to earth.
- When disconnecting the DIRIS, the secondary of each current transformer must be short-circuited. This operation can be carried out automatically
by a SOCOMEC PTI, which can be found in the SOCOMEC catalogue: please consult us.
3/4 wires with 1 CT Single-phase Two-phase
N P1
P1 P1 L1 L1
L1 S1 S2
S1 S2 S1 S2 N
L2
L3 L2

1 1 1 1 1 1
diris_393_d_1_x_cat

diris_394_d_1_x_cat
diris_392_d_1_x_cat

V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3

The 1CT solution reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phase


for which the current is deduced by a vector calculation.
1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.

54 General Catalogue 2017-2018 General Catalogue 2017-2018 54


DIRIS A-20
Multifunction performance metering & monitoring device - PMD
Multi-measurement

Low voltage unbalanced network


3/4 wires with 3 CTs 3 wires with 2 CTs 3 wires with 2 CTs
P1 L1 P1 L1
N S1
P1 S1 S2 L2 P1 L2
L1
S1 S2 P1 L3 S1 S2
L3
L2
P1
L3
S1 S2
S1 S2

diris_396_d_1_fr_cat
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
diris_395_d_1_fr_cat

diris_397_e_1_x_cat
V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2

I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3

1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. The 2CT solution reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phase The 2CT solution reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phase
for which the current is deduced by a vector calculation. for which the current is deduced by a vector calculation.
1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.

Additional information
Communication via RS485 link AC and DC auxiliary power supply

110 / 400 VAC


120 / 350 VDC
1 1
diris_400_i_1_fr_cat

LIYCY-CY

A U X
0V - +
diris_398_c_1_x_cat

ON
RS485
1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.

References
Basic device DIRIS A-20
Auxiliary power supply Us Part number
110 … 400 VAC / 120 … 350 VDC 4825 0402
Options
Plug-in optional modules Part number
On/Off output. 4825 0080
RS485 MODBUS® communication 4825 0082
3 inputs, 1 output 4825 0083
Accessories
Designation of accessories To be ordered in multiples of
Protection IP65 1
Plug-in kit for cutout 144 x 96 mm
Fuse circuit breakers to protect voltage inputs (type RM) 3 pole
Fuse circuit breakers to protect the auxiliary power supply (type RM) 1 pole + neutral
gG 10x38 0.5 A fuses
Ferrite for use with communication modules 1 4825 0088
Current transformer range 4 5601 0018
Software associated with DIRIS 6 5601page
see 0017
530
10 6012 0000
1 4899 0011
Expert Services 1

> Study, definition , advice, implementation , maintenance and training ...


Our experts "Expert Services" offer complete support for the success
of your project.

General Catalogue 2017-2018 55


La barre de
cuivr
We have been transforming copper into power for two centuries… The world specialist, making conductors for electrical equipment,
Recent decades have seen the Group, a family business at the start,
supplies the greatest international groups
rise into the foremost rank of world suppliers to the electricity industry. and also local companies.
The production units make bars, profiles and copper wire,
keeping in step with the technological evolution in extrusion,
drawing and industrial engineering, to achieve our present capacity and production quality,
meeting the most demanding standards.
At the same time, the company has logically extended its expertise
to design and manufacture based on its semi-finished products
using increasingly sophisticated components.
This total industrial process,
relying on highly customer-orientated distribution logistics,
is today established in ten countries through subsidiaries and partners
and more than 500 people.

Wherever the current is passing


we find the copper semis and components of GINDRE :
• Production : rotor bars, poles bars …
• Transport : connectors, busbars systems…
• Transformation : bushing bars, connections…
• Equipment : punched bars, bus bars, flexibles…
• Apparatus : fix and moving contacts, fuses bases, fuses knifes…
• Motors : rotor bars, coils, connections…

2 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain›


A technological group
From the copper bar to the most sophisticated component…
total mastery of the industrial process.
Technical excellence, skill, reliability and flexibility
are the four points of commitment running throughout a process
that brings together raw material, metallurgy, industrial components and distribution.
The Gindre network complies with the UL and ISO standards, and the RoHS and Reach regulations.

Long runs or short runs…


An organization capable of global and local solutions.
For more effectiveness, the French Group has globalized its production and services
and centralized all the administrative and accounting procedures.
The aim is to help customers concentrate on their competitiveness
with reduced costs and rationalized supplies.

Throughout the world…


A commercial involvement to accompany projects.
For best possible response to the constant development requirements of organisations,
teams of travelling and office-based sales people are dedicated to each area of the world.
They monitor projects from the design phase right up to delivery,
providing an effective link between the demands of industry
and the talents of the engineers and technicians.
With their great experience and skills as professionals working with copper,
they all work together to guarantee the quality of products and services.

Finland

Denmark Russia

Great Britain Germany


Slovakia
France Switzerland
Spain
United States

Japan

China

Production
Production and distribution
India
Distribution
Sales office

4 › Raw material ›
metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›
é

PRODUCTION PRODUCTs

The Bars

Flat
Technical specifications
Chemical and mechanical characteristics in accordance with the european standards
(see tables page 22)
Sizes
Width Thickness Cross section
from 5 to 250 mm from 1 mm to 70 mm 7500 mm2
radius
Square edge radius edge Full round edge

Length
Up to 9500mm (depending the cross section), with a standard length tolerance of 100 mm.
Upon demand this length tolerance could be 3 mm.
Standard tolerances for straightness and edgewise bow : 1,5 mm/m
plating Tin plating 1 to 20 microns

Round
Sizes
Diameter Length Tolerance on length
Standard Shorten
From 5 mm up to 85 mm Up to 6400 mm 50 mm 3 mm

Squares and hexagonals


Sizes
Squares Hexagonals Length Tolerance on length
Standard Shorten
From 5 mm From 8 mm
Up to 6400 mm
up to 70 mm up to 60 mm 50 mm 3 mm

6 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


PRODUCTs

TECHNICAL PROFILES
made to specification

cross Sections from 50 mm2 up to 7 500 mm2


Length up to 9 500 mm (depending the cross section).
Every profile is designed according to the plan provided.
All characteristics : mechanical, dimensional, surface quality, contact surface,
surface treatment, etc… are included in precise specifications.
Our integrated workshops, for designing and making tools for extruding and drawing
profiles, are one-hundred percent responsive.
Certain profiles can also be delivered in rolls, depending on their format
and nominal section.

8 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


PRODUCTs

Flat
in coil

sizes
Width from 20 up to 120 mm
Thickness from 1 up to 12 mm
Maximum cross section 1440 mm2
radius
Square edge radius edge Full round edge

plating
Tinning from 1 to 20 microns. Silver plating from 1 to 5 microns.
Total or partial plating
Packing
Pancake coils with 400 up to 550 mm ID (other possibilies upon request)
Standard weight : 30 up to 450 kgs upon the cross section.

10 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


PRODUCTs

Flat and rod wires

flat wires
sizes
Width thickness Cross section
from 1,85 up to 35 mm from 0.5 up to 8 mm from 3,5 up to 2500 mm2
radius
Square edge radius edge full round edge

Standard tolerance : +/-1%, with a minmum of 0.025 mm


plating
Tinning Silver plating
1 to 20 microns. 1 to 5 microns.

wire rod
Gindre is the specialist for the cold stamping wire rod
sizes : diameter from 0.5 up to 15 mm.
plating : tinning, silver plating…
packing : pancake coils, traverse wound coils, bobbins
weight : up to 1500 kgs

12 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


PRODUCTs

MAXIFLEX
isolated flexible bars

technical specifications
bars
Standard length 2000 mm (-0/+5 mm), up to 4000 mm upon request
Strip thickness 0,8 and 1 mm
Strip width from 9 up to 100 mm
Number of strips from 2 up to 10
Marking MAXIFLEX brand and size
(width X thickness X number of strips)
copper Cu-ETP with a minimum copper content of 99.90%
Specifications upon NFA 51 050, EN 13599
Conductivity ›100 % IACS
HV ‹ 50
Tensile strength Rm › 200 N/mm2
Elongation after break : › 35 %
Resistivity 0,01724 Ω xm/mm2 at 20 °C
Insulating material Black color insulating PVC self-extinguish
Thickness 1,5 - 2 mm
Specifications upon BS 6746, DIN EN 50363, UL 94 VO
Elongation › 200 %
Tensile strength › 15 N/mm2
electrical characteristics
Dielectric rigidity 20 kV / mm
Tension of use 1000 V AC / 1500 V DC
Temperature of use -40° up to + 105°C

14 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


PRODUCTs

COMPONENTS
made to specification
Punching, bending/folding, cutting…

Whether a firm wants to outsource production or is looking for ready-to-use components, the Gindre integrated
industrial organization (from the raw material to the component) and all technologies available in workshops
throughout Europe and the world, are capable of providing :
• Readily available parts, perfectly matching technical needs and requirements
• Savings on “supply chain”, making the best rational use of materials and their procurement
• Reduced stock and administrative formalities…

16 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


PRODUCTs

COMPONENTS made to specification


Machining…

Starting from specifications, the design teams define the material suitable for the need and the basic profile,
which will most often be made specifically. They establish and design the best processes and tools suitable
for creating the expected part, whether traditional or special.
To do this, they unite technical skill and production resources, traditional or hi-tech, guided by experienced
professionals.
Among the technologies available are : cutting, perforated blanks, punching, bending/folding, turning, tapping,
digital machining, sheet nibbling, water-jet cutting, brazing, cladding, surface treatment (silvering, tinning, nickel
plating, gilding), epoxy, inserts, assembly, kits, etc…

18 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


stocks

A worldwide network
of logistics
and distribution centres

Gindre has developed a powerful integrated logistics organization


to bring its customers effective and detailed services :
• On-time delivery of products,
• Availability of semi-finished products close as possible
to scheduled requirements
• Supplies from dedicated buffer stock
• Wide choice of conductors (copper with tellurium, chromium, zirconium,
sulphur, aluminium, brass, etc…)

20 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


quality of copper
chemical composition
Composition %
the group world-wide
Material designation Other elements
Element Cu Ag Bi O P Pb (see note)
Symbol Number
min. 99,90(1) - - - - -
Total
-
Excluding
Production
Cu-ETP CW004A max. - - 0,0005 0,040(2) - 0,005 0,03 Ag. O

Cu-FRHC CW005A min. 99,90(1) - - - - - - Ag. O


Gindre Duchavany
max. - - - 0,040(2) - - 0,04 31, RUE GIFFARD - BP23 - 38230 PONT DE CHéRUY FRANCE / TÉL : +33(0)4 72 46 09 01 - FAX : +33(0)4 78 32 66 55
min. 99,95(1) - - - - - -
Cu-OF CW008A max. - - 0,0005 -(3) - 0,005 0,03 Ag. Kupferrheydt gmbh
min. Balance 0,03 - - - - - NOBELSTR. 18 41189 MÖNCHENGLADBACH-WICKRATH DEUTSCHLAND / TEL : +49(0)2166/956 142 - FAX : +49(0)2166/956 140
CuAg 0,04 CW0011A max. - 0,05 0,0005 0,040 - - 0,03 Ag. O

CuAg 0,07 CW0012A min. Balance 0,06 - - - - - Ag. O


Gindre composants
max. - 0,08 0,0005 0,040 - - 0,03 7, ROUTE DE LOYETTES CHAVANOZ - 38230 PONT DE CHÉRUY FRANCE / TÉL : +33(0)4 72 46 09 01- FAX : +33(0)4 78 32 66 55
min. Balance 0,08 - - - - -
CuAg 0,10 CW0013A Ag. O
max. - 0,12 0,0005 0,040 - - 0,03 Metelec south
min. Balance 0,03 - - 0,001 - - UNIT L7 CHERRYCOURT WAY, STANBRIDGE ROAD / LEIGHTON BUZZARD, BEDS. LU7 8UH ENGLAND
CuAg 0,04P CW0014A max. - 0,05 0,0005 -(3) 0,007 - 0,03 Ag. P
TEL : +44 (01525) 381010 - FAX : +44 (01525) 244308
min. Balance 0,06 - - 0,001 - -
CuAg 0,07P CW0015A Ag. P
max. - 0,08 0,0005 -(3) 0,007 - 0,03 Gindre Copper inC
min. Balance 0,08 - - 0,001 - - 220 MILL AVENUE GREENWOOD SC 29646 UNITED STATES / TEL : +1 (864) 227-5262 - FAX : +1 (864) 227-5206
CuAg 0,10P CW0016A max. - 0,12 0,0005 -(3) 0,007 - 0,03 Ag. P
min. Balance 0,03 - - - - - gindre india components
CuAg 0,04(OF) CW0017A max. - 0,05 0,0005 -(3) - - 0,0065 Ag. O
Plot N°414, Sector 8, IMT Manesar GURGAON 122050, Haryana, INDIA / TEL : 0091 124 497 0205 - FAX : 0091 124 497 0210
min. Balance 0,06 - - - - -
CuAg 0,07(OF) CW0018A max. - 0,08 0,0005 -(3) - - 0,0065 Ag. O
min. Balance 0,08 - - - - - gindre komponenty
CuAg 0,10(OF) CW0019A max. - 0,12 0,0005 -(3) - - 0,0065 Ag. O 29.augusta 586, 053 42 Krompachy, SLOVAK REPUBLIC / tel : +421 53 2901019 - Fax : +421 53 4161601
min. 99,95(1) - - - 0,001 - -
Cu-PHC CW0020A Ag. P
max.
min.
-
99,95(1)
-
-
0,0005
-
-(3)
-
0,006
0,002
0,005
-
0,03
-
Distribution
Cu-HCP CW0021A max. - - 0,0005 -(3) 0,007 0,005 0,03 Ag. P
Gindre distribution
NOTE : the balance of the other elements (excluding copper) is defined as the sum of Ag, As, Bi, Cd, Co, Cr, Fe, Mn, Ni, 0, P, Pb, S, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Te and Zn, 7, ROUTE DE LOYETTES CHAVANOZ - 38230 PONT DE CHÉRUY FRANCE / TÉL : +33(0)4 72 46 09 01- FAX : +33(0)4 78 32 66 55
excluding the other elements for which the value is already indicated.
(1)
Including silver, up to a maximum of 0.015%. Kupferrheydt Distribution
(2)
An oxygen content of 0.060% is permitted, with a prior agreement beteween the seller and the buyer. NOBELSTR. 18 - 41189 MÖNCHENGLADBACH-WICKRATH DEUTSCHLAND / TEL : +49(0)2166/956 0 - FAX : +49(0)2166/956 140
(3)
Then oxygen content must be in accordance with the hydrogen embrittelment test. of EN 1976.
Gindre Copper inC
220 MILL AVENUE GREENWOOD SC 29646 UNITED STATES / TEL : +1 (864) 227-5262 - FAX : +1 (864) 227-5206

Mecchaniccal characteristics
Metelec
VULCAN INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, LEAMORE LANE, WALSALL, WEST MIDLANDS, WS2 7BZ ENGLAND
Designation Size mm Hardness Tensile Yield point Elongation TEL : + 44 (01922) 712665 - FAX : +44 (01922) 710919
strength 0,2 %
Rm Rp 0,2 Gindre Torns
Round, A100 mm A POLIGONO INDUSTRIAL COVA SOLERA C/LONDRES, 29 08191 RUBI (BARCELONA) SPAIN
Flat TEL : +34 93 588 95 42 - FAX : +34 93 588 95 34
square
Material hexagonal Thickness Widht HB HV N/mm2 N/mm2 % %
gindre india components
Plot N°414, Sector 8, IMT Manesar GURGAON 122050, Haryana, INDIA / TEL : 0091 124 497 0205 - FAX : 0091 124 497 0210
Hardness


up to and

up to and

up to and
including

including

including
over of

over of

over of

max.

max.
from

from

from

gindre komponenty
min.

min.

min.

min.

min.

Symbol Number
29.augusta 586, 053 42 Krompachy, SLOVAK REPUBLIC / tel : +421 53 4161 441 - Fax : +421 53 4161 111,105
D 2 - 80 0,5 - 40 1 - 200 Drawn product without any mecchaniccal characteristics.
ProMetall*
H035* 2 - 80 0,5 - 40 1 - 200 35 65 35 65 - - - - Industriestrasse 35 Postfach - CH-4703 Kestenholz / tel: 062 389 80 60, Fax: 062 393 22 72
Cu-ETP CW004A R200* 2 - 80 1 - 40 5 - 200 - - - - 200 max. 120 25 35
Cu-FRHC CW005A Metal Service Horsens*
Cu-OF CW008A H065 2 - 80 0,5 - 40 1 - 200 65 90 70 95 - - - - Vrøndingvej 4 - DK-8700 Horsens / danemark / tel+45 7563 1999
CuAg 0,04 CW011A R250 2 - 10 1 - 10 5 - 200 - - - - 250 min. 200 8 12
CuAg 0,07 CW012A R250 - 10 30 - - - - - - - - - - 250 min. 180 - 15 S.O.P. Metal*
CuAg 0,10 CW013A R230 - 30 80 - 10 40 - 10 200 - - - - 230 min. 160 - 18 SOP-Metal Oy Airport park Liikekuja 2 65380 VAASA Finland/ tel. +358 20 755 9250 fax. +358 06-3177151
CuAg 0,04P CW014A
CuAg 0,07P CW015A H085 2 - 40 0,5 - 20 1 - 120 85 110 90. 115 - - - - Eishin*
CuAg 0,10P CW016A H075 - 40 80 - 20 40 - 20 160 75 100 80 105 - - - - 1-6-9,Hiranomachi Chuo-ku,Osaka 541-0046 JAPAN /TEL +81(6)6202-4991 FAX +81(6)6202-4992
CuAg 0,04(OF) CW017A R300 2 - 20 1 - 10 5 - 120 - - - - 300 min. 260 5 8
CuAg 0,07(OF) CW018A R280 - 20 40 - 10 20 - 10 120 - - - - 280 min. 240 - 10
CuAg 0,10(OF) CW019A R260 - 40 80 - 20 40 - 20 160 - - - - 260 min. 220 - 12 sales offices
Cu-PHC CW020A gindre russie
Cu-HCP CW021A H100 2 - 10 0,5 - 5 1 - 120 100 - 110 - - - - - moscou / tel. + 7 (8) 964 770 05 36
R350 2 - 10 1 - 5 5 - 120 - - - - 350 min. 320 3 5
NOTE : 1 N/mm2 is equivalent in 1 MPa. gindre chine*
* Annealing SHANGHAI SINOLINK BUSINESS CONSULTING CO. MR MAURICE ZHANG
RM 513, N°858, PAN YU ROAD - 200030 SHANGHAI - CHINA - TEL: 00 86 21 62 81 22 46 / FAX: 00 86 21 62 81 91 21
*partners

22 › Raw material › metallurgy › mechanics › supply chain ›


The world-wide specialist conductor manufacturer for electrical equipment.
31, RUE GIFFARD - BP23 - 38230 PONT DE CHéRUY FRANCE
TÉL : +33(0)4 72 46 09 01 - FAX : +33(0)4 78 32 66 55
Groupe gindre - FRANCE- Printed in France - 07-2012

www.gindre.com
Enveloppe
CQE Modular Enclosures

Removable roof assuring a complete accessibil-


ity even from the top.

CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES


Removable rear panel universal for CQE
and CAE series

Die-cast aluminum orthogonal joints.


Allow assembling the enclosure by
means of 16 screws only.

Removable side panels


to allow side access and
baying.
Front door with standard
reinforcement frame, uni-
versal for CQE and CAE
series.

Patented uprights fold-


ed 8 times and welded.

Standard ratchet lock.


Other types of lock-
ing elements available
upon request.

Wide range of
completion acces-
sories.
Adjustable bottom Full or partial mount-
gland plate made of ing panels made of
galvanized steel. Sendzimir galvanized
steel, front entry and
side entry, universal
Die-cast zamak hing-
for CQE and CAE se-
es with the standard
ries.
opening angle of 130°,
180° opening is avail-
Modular plinth univer-
able upon request.
sal for CQE and CAE
series

Conformity and Approvals Protection degree


• IP 55 according to IEC EN 62208; EN 60529
• TYPE 4 according to UL508A; UL50 (single door)
- TYPE 12 according to UL508A; UL50 (double door)
• The protection degree is guaranteed by a seal of two-
A C A E L OVA G

component polyurethane foam


• Impact resistance degree IK10 according to IEC EN
62208; EN 50102

15
CQE Modular Enclosures

CQE Assembled Version


CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES

Enclosure dimensions
Enclosure with
Enclosure Enclosure with Enclosure with Enclosure with
screen-printed
structure only rear panel blank door and glazed door and
glazed door and
H L P (1) (2) rear panel (3) rear panel (4)
rear panel (5)

400 R5CQE1464S R5CQE1464R R5CQE1464 R5CQE1464X -


600
500 R5CQE1465S R5CQE1465R R5CQE1465 R5CQE1465X -
400 R5CQE1484S R5CQE1484R R5CQE1484 R5CQE1484X -
800
500 R5CQE1485S R5CQE1485R R5CQE1485 R5CQE1485X -
1400
400 R5CQE14124S R5CQE14124R R5CQE14124 - -
1200
500 R5CQE14125S R5CQE14125R R5CQE14125 - -
400 R5CQE14164S R5CQE14164R R5CQE14164 - -
1600
500 R5CQE14165S R5CQE14165R R5CQE14165 - -
400 R5CQE1644S R5CQE1644R R5CQE1644 - -
400* 500 R5CQE1645S R5CQE1645R R5CQE1645 - -
600 R5CQE1646S R5CQE1646R R5CQE1646 - -
400 R5CQE1664S R5CQE1664R R5CQE1664 R5CQE1664X R5CQE1664V
600 500 R5CQE1665S R5CQE1665R R5CQE1665 R5CQE1665X R5CQE1665V
600 R5CQE1666S R5CQE1666R R5CQE1666 R5CQE1666X R5CQE1666V
400 R5CQE1684S R5CQE1684R R5CQE1684 R5CQE1684X R5CQE1684V
1600 800 500 R5CQE1685S R5CQE1685R R5CQE1685 R5CQE1685X R5CQE1685V
600 R5CQE1686S R5CQE1686R R5CQE1686 R5CQE1686X R5CQE1686V
400 R5CQE16104S R5CQE16104R R5CQE16104 R5CQE16104X -
1000 500 R5CQE16105S R5CQE16105R R5CQE16105 R5CQE16105X -
600 R5CQE16106S R5CQE16106R R5CQE16106 R5CQE16106X -
400 R5CQE16124S R5CQE16124R R5CQE16124 - -
1200 500 R5CQE16125S R5CQE16125R R5CQE16125 - -
600 R5CQE16126S R5CQE16126R R5CQE16126 - -

* roof with a flange

1. To be ordered separately: door, mounting panel, plinth, rear and side panels.
2. To be ordered separately: door, mounting panel, plinth and side panels.
3-4-5. To be ordered separately: mounting panel, plinth and side panels.

Accessories for CQE enclosure

Doors Mounting panels Uprights Side panels Plinth

Pag. 105 Pag. 90 Pag. 28 Pag. 115 Pag. 94

16
CQE Modular Enclosures

CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES


Screenprinted Mounting Plinth Plinth
Blank door Glazed door Rear panel Side panels
glazed door panel H 100 H 200

R5CPE1460 R5CPTE1460 - R5CRE1460 RZPCE1460 R5LE1442 R1ZE641 R1ZE642


R5CPE1460 R5CPTE1460 - R5CRE1460 RZPCE1460 R5LE1452 R1ZE651 R1ZE652
R5CPE1480 R5CPTE1480 - R5CRE1480 RZPCE1480 R5LE1442 R1ZE841 R1ZE842

R5CPE1480 R5CPTE1480 - R5CRE1480 RZPCE1480 R5LE1452 R1ZE851 R1ZE852


R5CPE14120 - - R5CRE14120 RZPCE14120 R5LE1442 R1ZE1241 R1ZE1242
R5CPE14120 - - R5CRE14120 RZPCE14120 R5LE1452 R1ZE1251 R1ZE1252
R5CPE14160 - - R5CRE14160 RZPCE14160 R5LE1442 R1ZE1641 R1ZE1642
R5CPE14160 - - R5CRE14160 RZPCE14160 R5LE1452 R1ZE1651 R1ZE1652
R5CPE1640 - - R5CRE1640 RZPCE1640 R5LE1642 R1ZE441 R1ZE442
R5CPE1640 - - R5CRE1640 RZPCE1640 R5LE1652 R1ZE451 R1ZE452
R5CPE1640 - - R5CRE1640 RZPCE1640 R5LE1662 R1ZE641 R1ZE642
R5CPE1660 R5CPTE1660 R5CPTED1660 R5CRE1660 RZPCE1660 R5LE1642 R1ZE641 R1ZE642
R5CPE1660 R5CPTE1660 R5CPTED1660 R5CRE1660 RZPCE1660 R5LE1652 R1ZE651 R1ZE652
R5CPE1660 R5CPTE1660 R5CPTED1660 R5CRE1660 RZPCE1660 R5LE1662 R1ZE661 R1ZE662
R5CPE1680 R5CPTE1680 R5CPTED1680 R5CRE1680 RZPCE1680 R5LE1642 R1ZE841 R1ZE842
R5CPE1680 R5CPTE1680 R5CPTED1680 R5CRE1680 RZPCE1680 R5LE1652 R1ZE851 R1ZE852
R5CPE1680 R5CPTE1680 R5CPTED1680 R5CRE1680 RZPCE1680 R5LE1662 R1ZE861 R1ZE862
R5CPE16100 R5CPTE16100 - R5CRE16100 RZPCE16100 R5LE1642 R1ZE1041 R1ZE1042
R5CPE16100 R5CPTE16100 - R5CRE16100 RZPCE16100 R5LE1652 R1ZE1051 R1ZE1052
R5CPE16100 R5CPTE16100 - R5CRE16100 RZPCE16100 R5LE1662 R1ZE1061 R1ZE1062
R5CPE16120 - - R5CRE16120 RZPCE16120 R5LE1642 R1ZE1241 R1ZE1242
R5CPE16120 - - R5CRE16120 RZPCE16120 R5LE1652 R1ZE1251 R1ZE1252
R5CPE16120 - - R5CRE16120 RZPCE16120 R5LE1662 R1ZE1261 R1ZE1262

Exhaustion code. For


the references of the new
plinths see page 97-98

Accessories for CQE enclosure

Rack 19” Locking elements Lifting Modularity Ramklima


accessories

Pag. 128 Pag. 112 Pag. 137 Pag. 143 Pag. 173

17
CQE Modular Enclosures

CQE Assembled Version


CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES

Enclosure dimensions
Enclosure with
Enclosure Enclosure with Enclosure with Enclosure with
screen-printed
structure only rear panel blank door and glazed door and
glazed door and
H L P (1) (2) rear panel (3) rear panel (4)
rear panel (5)

300 R5CQE1833S R5CQE1833R R5CQE1833 - -


400 R5CQE1834S R5CQE1834R R5CQE1834 - -
300* 500 R5CQE1835S R5CQE1835R R5CQE1835 - -
600 R5CQE1836S R5CQE1836R R5CQE1836 - -
800 R5CQE1838S R5CQE1838R R5CQE1838 - -
300 R5CQE1843S R5CQE1843R R5CQE1843 - -
400 R5CQE1844S R5CQE1844R R5CQE1844 - -
400* 500 R5CQE1845S R5CQE1845R R5CQE1845 - -
600 R5CQE1846S R5CQE1846R R5CQE1846 - -
800 R5CQE1848S R5CQE1848R R5CQE1848 - -
300 R5CQE1863S R5CQE1863R R5CQE1863 R5CQE1863X R5CQE1863V
400 R5CQE1864S R5CQE1864R R5CQE1864 R5CQE1864X R5CQE1864V
600 500 R5CQE1865S R5CQE1865R R5CQE1865 R5CQE1865X R5CQE1865V
600 R5CQE1866S R5CQE1866R R5CQE1866 R5CQE1866X R5CQE1866V
1800
800 R5CQE1868S R5CQE1868R R5CQE1868 R5CQE1868X R5CQE1868V
300 R5CQE1883S R5CQE1883R R5CQE1883 R5CQE1883X R5CQE1883V
400 R5CQE1884S R5CQE1884R R5CQE1884 R5CQE1884X R5CQE1884V
800 500 R5CQE1885S R5CQE1885R R5CQE1885 R5CQE1885X R5CQE1885V
600 R5CQE1886S R5CQE1886R R5CQE1886 R5CQE1886X R5CQE1886V
800 R5CQE1888S R5CQE1888R R5CQE1888 R5CQE1888X R5CQE1888V
400 R5CQE18104S R5CQE18104R R5CQE18104 R5CQE18104X -
500 R5CQE18105S R5CQE18105R R5CQE18105 R5CQE18105X -
1000
600 R5CQE18106S R5CQE18106R R5CQE18106 R5CQE18106X -
800 R5CQE18108S R5CQE18108R R5CQE18108 R5CQE18108X -
400 R5CQE18124S R5CQE18124R R5CQE18124 R5CQE18124X -
500 R5CQE18125S R5CQE18125R R5CQE18125 R5CQE18125X -
1200
600 R5CQE18126S R5CQE18126R R5CQE18126 R5CQE18126X -
800 R5CQE18128S R5CQE18128R R5CQE18128 R5CQE18128X -

1. To be ordered separately: door, mounting panel, plinth, rear and side panels.
2. To be ordered separately: door, mounting panel, plinth and side panels.
3-4-5. To be ordered separately: mounting panel, plinth and side panels.

Accessories for CQE enclosure

Doors Mounting panels Uprights Side panels Plinth

Pag. 105 Pag. 90 Pag. 28 Pag. 115 Pag. 94

18
CQE Modular Enclosures

Accessories

CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES


Porta Porta Porta in vetro
Screenprinted Pannello
Mounting Zoccolo
Plinth Zoccolo
Plinth
Blank door Glazed door Retro
Rear panel Laterali
Side panels
cieca trasparente serigrafato
glazed door cablaggio
panel HH100100 H 200
H 200

R5CPE1830
R5CPE1830 -- -- R5CRE1830
R5CRE1830 RZPCE1830
RZPCE1830 R5LE1842
R5LE1832 R1ZE341
R1ZE331 R1ZE342
R1ZE332
R5CPE1830
R5CPE1830 -- -- R5CRE1830
R5CRE1830 RZPCE1830
RZPCE1830 R5LE1852
R5LE1842 R1ZE351
R1ZE341 R1ZE352
R1ZE342
R5CPE1830
R5CPE1830 -- -- R5CRE1830
R5CRE1830 RZPCE1830
RZPCE1830 R5LE1862
R5LE1852 R1ZE361
R1ZE351 R1ZE362
R1ZE352
R5CPE1830
R5CPE1830 -- -- R5CRE1830
R5CRE1830 RZPCE1830
RZPCE1830 R5LE1862
R5LE1862 R1ZE381
R1ZE361 R1ZE382
R1ZE362
R5CPE1840
R5CPE1830 -- -- R5CRE1840
R5CRE1830 RZPCE1840
RZPCE1830 R5LE1842
R5LE1882 R1ZE441
R1ZE381 R1ZE442
R1ZE382
R5CPE1840
R5CPE1840 -- -- R5CRE1840
R5CRE1840 RZPCE1840
RZPCE1840 R5LE1852
R5LE1832 R1ZE451
R1ZE431 R1ZE452
R1ZE432
R5CPE1840
R5CPE1840 -- -- R5CRE1840
R5CRE1840 RZPCE1840
RZPCE1840 R5LE1862
R5LE1842 R1ZE641
R1ZE441 R1ZE642
R1ZE442
R5CPE1840
R5CPE1840 -- -- R5CRE1840
R5CRE1840 RZPCE1840
RZPCE1840 R5LE1882
R5LE1852 R1ZE841
R1ZE451 R1ZE842
R1ZE452
R5CPE1860
R5CPE1840 R5CPTE1860
- R5CPTED1860
- R5CRE1860
R5CRE1840 RZPCE1860
RZPCE1840 R5LE1842
R5LE1862 R1ZE641
R1ZE461 R1ZE642
R1ZE462
R5CPE1860
R5CPE1840 R5CPTE1860
- R5CPTED1860
- R5CRE1860
R5CRE1840 RZPCE1860
RZPCE1840 R5LE1852
R5LE1882 R1ZE651
R1ZE481 R1ZE652
R1ZE482
R5CPE1860
R5CPE1860 R5CPTE1860
R5CPTE1860 R5CPTED1860
R5CPTED1860 R5CRE1860
R5CRE1860 RZPCE1860
RZPCE1860 R5LE1862
R5LE1832 R1ZE661
R1ZE631 R1ZE662
R1ZE632
R5CPE1860
R5CPE1860 R5CPTE1860
R5CPTE1860 R5CPTED1860
R5CPTED1860 R5CRE1860
R5CRE1860 RZPCE1860
RZPCE1860 R5LE1882
R5LE1842 R1ZE861
R1ZE641 R1ZE862
R1ZE642
R5CPE1880
R5CPE1860 R5CPTE1880
R5CPTE1860 R5CPTED1880
R5CPTED1860 R5CRE1880
R5CRE1860 RZPCE1880
RZPCE1860 R5LE1842
R5LE1852 R1ZE841
R1ZE651 R1ZE842
R1ZE652
R5CPE1880
R5CPE1860 R5CPTE1880
R5CPTE1860 R5CPTED1880
R5CPTED1860 R5CRE1880
R5CRE1860 RZPCE1880
RZPCE1860 R5LE1852
R5LE1862 R1ZE851
R1ZE661 R1ZE852
R1ZE662
R5CPE1880
R5CPE1860 R5CPTE1880
R5CPTE1860 R5CPTED1880
R5CPTED1860 R5CRE1880
R5CRE1860 RZPCE1880
RZPCE1860 R5LE1862
R5LE1882 R1ZE861
R1ZE861 R1ZE862
R1ZE862
R5CPE1880
R5CPE1880 R5CPTE1880
R5CPTE1880 R5CPTED1880
R5CPTED1880 R5CRE1880
R5CRE1880 RZPCE1880
RZPCE1880 R5LE1882
R5LE1832 R1ZE881
R1ZE831 R1ZE882
R1ZE832
R5CPE18100
R5CPE1880 R5CPTE18100
R5CPTE1880 -
R5CPTED1880 R5CRE18100
R5CRE1880 RZPCE18100
RZPCE1880 R5LE1842
R5LE1842 R1ZE1041
R1ZE841 R1ZE1042
R1ZE842
R5CPE18100
R5CPE1880 R5CPTE18100
R5CPTE1880 -
R5CPTED1880 R5CRE18100
R5CRE1880 RZPCE18100
RZPCE1880 R5LE1852
R5LE1852 R1ZE1051
R1ZE851 R1ZE1052
R1ZE852
R5CPE18100
R5CPE1880 R5CPTE18100
R5CPTE1880 -
R5CPTED1880 R5CRE18100
R5CRE1880 RZPCE18100
RZPCE1880 R5LE1862
R5LE1862 R1ZE1061
R1ZE861 R1ZE1062
R1ZE862
R5CPE18100
R5CPE1880 R5CPTE18100
R5CPTE1880 -
R5CPTED1880 R5CRE18100
R5CRE1880 RZPCE18100
RZPCE1880 R5LE1882
R5LE1882 R1ZE1081
R1ZE881 R1ZE1082
R1ZE882
R5CPE18120
R5CPE18100 R5CPTE18120
R5CPTE18100 -- R5CRE18120
R5CRE18100 RZPCE18120
RZPCE18100 R5LE1842
R5LE1842 R1ZE1241
R1ZE1041 R1ZE1242
R1ZE1042
R5CPE18120
R5CPE18100 R5CPTE18120
R5CPTE18100 -- R5CRE18120
R5CRE18100 RZPCE18120
RZPCE18100 R5LE1852
R5LE1852 R1ZE1251
R1ZE1051 R1ZE1252
R1ZE1052
R5CPE18120
R5CPE18100 R5CPTE18120
R5CPTE18100 -- R5CRE18120
R5CRE18100 RZPCE18120
RZPCE18100 R5LE1862
R5LE1862 R1ZE1261
R1ZE1061 R1ZE1262
R1ZE1062
R5CPE18120
R5CPE18100 R5CPTE18120
R5CPTE18100 -- R5CRE18120
R5CRE18100 RZPCE18120
RZPCE18100 R5LE1882
R5LE1882 R1ZE1281
R1ZE1081 R1ZE1282
R1ZE1082
R5CPE18120 R5CPTE18120 - R5CRE18120 RZPCE18120 R5LE1842 R1ZE1241 R1ZE1242
R5CPE18120 R5CPTE18120 - R5CRE18120 RZPCE18120 R5LE1852 R1ZE1251 R1ZE1252
R5CPE18120 R5CPTE18120 - R5CRE18120 RZPCE18120 R5LE1862 R1ZE1261 R1ZE1262
R5CPE18120 R5CPTE18120 - R5CRE18120 RZPCE18120 R5LE1882 R1ZE1281 R1ZE1282

Codes nearing obsoles-


cence. For new plinth ref-
erences, see page 97-98

Accessories for CQE enclosure


Rack 19” Locking elements Lifting acces- Modularity Ramklima
sories

Pag. 128 Pag. 112 Pag. 137 Pag. 143 Pag. 173

19
CQE Modular Enclosures

CQE Assembled Version


CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES

Enclosure dimensions
Enclosure with
Enclosure Enclosure with Enclosure with Enclosure with
screen-printed
structure only rear panel blank door and glazed door and
glazed door and
H L P (1) (2) rear panel (3) rear panel (4)
rear panel (5)

300 R5CQE2033S R5CQE2033R R5CQE2033 - -


400 R5CQE2034S R5CQE2034R R5CQE2034 - -
300* 500 R5CQE2035S R5CQE2035R R5CQE2035 - -
600 R5CQE2036S R5CQE2036R R5CQE2036 - -
800 R5CQE2038S R5CQE2038R R5CQE2038 - -
300 R5CQE2043S R5CQE2043R R5CQE2043 - -
400 R5CQE2044S R5CQE2044R R5CQE2044 - -
400* 500 R5CQE2045S R5CQE2045R R5CQE2045 - -
600 R5CQE2046S R5CQE2046R R5CQE2046 - -
800 R5CQE2048S R5CQE2048R R5CQE2048 - -
300 R5CQE2063S R5CQE2063R R5CQE2063 R5CQE2063X R5CQE2063V
400 R5CQE2064S R5CQE2064R R5CQE2064 R5CQE2064X R5CQE2064V
600 500 R5CQE2065S R5CQE2065R R5CQE2065 R5CQE2065X R5CQE2065V
600 R5CQE2066S R5CQE2066R R5CQE2066 R5CQE2066X R5CQE2066V
800 R5CQE2068S R5CQE2068R R5CQE2068 R5CQE2068X R5CQE2068V
300 R5CQE2083S R5CQE2083R R5CQE2083 R5CQE2083X R5CQE2083V
400 R5CQE2084S R5CQE2084R R5CQE2084 R5CQE2084X R5CQE2084V
800 500 R5CQE2085S R5CQE2085R R5CQE2085 R5CQE2085X R5CQE2085V
2000
600 R5CQE2086S R5CQE2086R R5CQE2086 R5CQE2086X R5CQE2086V
800 R5CQE2088S R5CQE2088R R5CQE2088 R5CQE2088X R5CQE2088V
400 R5CQE20104S R5CQE20104R R5CQE20104 R5CQE20104X -
500 R5CQE20105S R5CQE20105R R5CQE20105 R5CQE20105X -
1000
600 R5CQE20106S R5CQE20106R R5CQE20106 R5CQE20106X -
800 R5CQE20108S R5CQE20108R R5CQE20108 R5CQE20108X -
400 R5CQE20124S R5CQE20124R R5CQE20124 R5CQE20124X -
500 R5CQE20125S R5CQE20125R R5CQE20125 R5CQE20125X -
1200
600 R5CQE20126S R5CQE20126R R5CQE20126 R5CQE20126X -
800 R5CQE20128S R5CQE20128R R5CQE20128 R5CQE20128X -
400 R5CQE20144S R5CQE20144R R5CQE20144 - -
500 R5CQE20145S R5CQE20145R R5CQE20145 - -
1400
600 R5CQE20146S R5CQE20146R R5CQE20146 - -
800 R5CQE20148S R5CQE20148R R5CQE20148 - -
400 R5CQE20164S R5CQE20164R R5CQE20164 - -
500 R5CQE20165S R5CQE20165R R5CQE20165 - -
1600
600 R5CQE20166S R5CQE20166R R5CQE20166 - -
800 R5CQE20168S R5CQE20168R R5CQE20168 - -

* roof with a flange


1. To be ordered separately: door, mounting panel, plinth, rear and side panels.
2. To be ordered separately: door, mounting panel, plinth and side panels.
3-4-5. To be ordered separately: mounting panel, plinth and side panels.

20
CQE Modular Enclosures

Accessories

CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES


Screenprinted Mounting Plinth Plinth
Blank door Glazed door Rear panel Side panels
glazed door panel H 100 H 200

R5CPE2030 - - R5CRE2030 RZPCE2030 R5LE2032 R1ZE331 R1ZE332


R5CPE2030 - - R5CRE2030 RZPCE2030 R5LE2042 R1ZE341 R1ZE342
R5CPE2030 - - R5CRE2030 RZPCE2030 R5LE2052 R1ZE351 R1ZE352
R5CPE2030 - - R5CRE2030 RZPCE2030 R5LE2062 R1ZE361 R1ZE362
R5CPE2030 - - R5CRE2030 RZPCE2030 R5LE2082 R1ZE381 R1ZE382
R5CPE2040 - - R5CRE2040 RZPCE2040 R5LE2032 R1ZE431 R1ZE432
R5CPE2040 - - R5CRE2040 RZPCE2040 R5LE2042 R1ZE441 R1ZE442
R5CPE2040 - - R5CRE2040 RZPCE2040 R5LE2052 R1ZE451 R1ZE452
R5CPE2040 - - R5CRE2040 RZPCE2040 R5LE2062 R1ZE641 R1ZE642
R5CPE2040 - - R5CRE2040 RZPCE2040 R5LE2082 R1ZE841 R1ZE842
R5CPE2060 R5CPTE2060 R5CPTED2060 R5CRE2060 RZPCE2060 R5LE2032 R1ZE631 R1ZE632
R5CPE2060 R5CPTE2060 R5CPTED2060 R5CRE2060 RZPCE2060 R5LE2042 R1ZE641 R1ZE642
R5CPE2060 R5CPTE2060 R5CPTED2060 R5CRE2060 RZPCE2060 R5LE2052 R1ZE651 R1ZE652
R5CPE2060 R5CPTE2060 R5CPTED2060 R5CRE2060 RZPCE2060 R5LE2062 R1ZE661 R1ZE662
R5CPE2060 R5CPTE2060 R5CPTED2060 R5CRE2060 RZPCE2060 R5LE2082 R1ZE861 R1ZE862
R5CPE2080 R5CPTE2080 R5CPTED2080 R5CRE2080 RZPCE2080 R5LE2032 R1ZE831 R1ZE832
R5CPE2080 R5CPTE2080 R5CPTED2080 R5CRE2080 RZPCE2080 R5LE2042 R1ZE841 R1ZE842
R5CPE2080 R5CPTE2080 R5CPTED2080 R5CRE2080 RZPCE2080 R5LE2052 R1ZE851 R1ZE852
R5CPE2080 R5CPTE2080 R5CPTED2080 R5CRE2080 RZPCE2080 R5LE2062 R1ZE861 R1ZE862
R5CPE2080 R5CPTE2080 R5CPTED2080 R5CRE2080 RZPCE2080 R5LE2082 R1ZE881 R1ZE882
R5CPE20100 R5CPTE20100 - R5CRE20100 RZPCE20100 R5LE2042 R1ZE1041 R1ZE1042
R5CPE20100 R5CPTE20100 - R5CRE20100 RZPCE20100 R5LE2052 R1ZE1051 R1ZE1052
R5CPE20100 R5CPTE20100 - R5CRE20100 RZPCE20100 R5LE2062 R1ZE1061 R1ZE1062
R5CPE20100 R5CPTE20100 - R5CRE20100 RZPCE20100 R5LE2082 R1ZE1081 R1ZE1082
R5CPE20120 R5CPTE20120 - R5CRE20120 RZPCE20120 R5LE2042 R1ZE1241 R1ZE1242
R5CPE20120 R5CPTE20120 - R5CRE20120 RZPCE20120 R5LE2052 R1ZE1251 R1ZE1252
R5CPE20120 R5CPTE20120 - R5CRE20120 RZPCE20120 R5LE2062 R1ZE1261 R1ZE1262
R5CPE20120 R5CPTE20120 - R5CRE20120 RZPCE20120 R5LE2082 R1ZE1281 R1ZE1282
R5CPE20140 - - R5CRE20140 RZPCE20140 R5LE2042 R1ZE1441 R1ZE1442
R5CPE20140 - - R5CRE20140 RZPCE20140 R5LE2052 R1ZE1451 R1ZE1452
R5CPE20140 - - R5CRE20140 RZPCE20140 R5LE2062 R1ZE1461 R1ZE1462
R5CPE20140 - - R5CRE20140 RZPCE20140 R5LE2082 R1ZE1481 R1ZE1482
R5CPE20160 - - R5CRE20160 RZPCE20160 R5LE2042 R1ZE1641 R1ZE1642
R5CPE20160 - - R5CRE20160 RZPCE20160 R5LE2052 R1ZE1651 R1ZE1652
R5CPE20160 - - R5CRE20160 RZPCE20160 R5LE2062 R1ZE1661 R1ZE1662
R5CPE20160 - - R5CRE20160 RZPCE20160 R5LE2082 R1ZE1681 R1ZE1682

Accessories for CQE enclosures from page 87


Codes nearing obsoles-
cence. For new plinth ref-
erences, see page 97-98

21
CQE Modular Enclosures

CQE Assembled Version


CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES

Enclosure dimension
Enclosure with
Enclosure Enclosure with Enclosure with Enclosure with
screen-printed
structure only rear panel blank door and glazed door and
glazed door and
H L P (1) (2) rear panel (3) rear panel (4)
rear panel (5)

300 R5CQE2233S R5CQE2233R R5CQE2233 - -


400 R5CQE2234S R5CQE2234R R5CQE2234 - -
300* 500 R5CQE2235S R5CQE2235R R5CQE2235 - -
600 R5CQE2236S R5CQE2236R R5CQE2236 - -
800 R5CQE2238S R5CQE2238R R5CQE2238 - -
300 R5CQE2243S R5CQE2243R R5CQE2243 - -
400 R5CQE2244S R5CQE2244R R5CQE2244 - -
400* 500 R5CQE2245S R5CQE2245R R5CQE2245 - -
600 R5CQE2246S R5CQE2246R R5CQE2246 - -
800 R5CQE2248S R5CQE2248R R5CQE2248 - -
300 R5CQE2263S R5CQE2263R R5CQE2263 R5CQE2263X -
400 R5CQE2264S R5CQE2264R R5CQE2264 R5CQE2264X -
600 500 R5CQE2265S R5CQE2265R R5CQE2265 R5CQE2265X -
600 R5CQE2266S R5CQE2266R R5CQE2266 R5CQE2266X -
2200
800 R5CQE2268S R5CQE2268R R5CQE2268 R5CQE2268X -
300 R5CQE2283S R5CQE2283R R5CQE2283 R5CQE2283X -
400 R5CQE2284S R5CQE2284R R5CQE2284 R5CQE2284X -
800 500 R5CQE2285S R5CQE2285R R5CQE2285 R5CQE2285X -
600 R5CQE2286S R5CQE2286R R5CQE2286 R5CQE2286X -
800 R5CQE2288S R5CQE2288R R5CQE2288 R5CQE2288X -
400 R5CQE22104S R5CQE22104R R5CQE22104 R5CQE22104X -
500 R5CQE22105S R5CQE22105R R5CQE22105 R5CQE22105X -
1000
600 R5CQE22106S R5CQE22106R R5CQE22106 R5CQE22106X -
800 R5CQE22108S R5CQE22108R R5CQE22108 R5CQE22108X -
400 R5CQE22124S R5CQE22124R R5CQE22124 R5CQE22124X -
500 R5CQE22125S R5CQE22125R R5CQE22125 R5CQE22125X -
1200
600 R5CQE22126S R5CQE22126R R5CQE22126 R5CQE22126X -
800 R5CQE22128S R5CQE22128R R5CQE22128 R5CQE22128X -

* roof with a flange

1. To be ordered separately: door, mounting panel, plinth, rear and side panels.
2. To be ordered separately: door, mounting panel, plinth and side panels.
3-4-5. To be ordered separately: mounting panel, plinth and side panels.

Accessories for CQE enclosure

Doors Mounting panels Uprights Side panels Plinth

Pag. 105 Pag. 90 Pag. 28 Pag. 115 Pag. 94

22
CQE Modular Enclosures

Accessories

CQE MODULAR ENCLOSURES


Screenprinted Mounting Plinth Plinth
Blank door Glazed door Rear panel Side panels
glazed door panel H 100 H 200

R5CPE2230 - - R5CRE2230 RZPCE2230 R5LE2232 R1ZE331 R1ZE332


R5CPE2230 - - R5CRE2230 RZPCE2230 R5LE2242 R1ZE341 R1ZE342
R5CPE2230 - - R5CRE2230 RZPCE2230 R5LE2252 R1ZE351 R1ZE352
R5CPE2230 - - R5CRE2230 RZPCE2230 R5LE2262 R1ZE361 R1ZE362
R5CPE2230 - - R5CRE2230 RZPCE2230 R5LE2282 R1ZE381 R1ZE382
R5CPE2240 - - R5CRE2240 RZPCE2240 R5LE2232 R1ZE431 R1ZE432
R5CPE2240 - - R5CRE2240 RZPCE2240 R5LE2242 R1ZE441 R1ZE442
R5CPE2240 - - R5CRE2240 RZPCE2240 R5LE2252 R1ZE451 R1ZE452
R5CPE2240 - - R5CRE2240 RZPCE2240 R5LE2262 R1ZE641 R1ZE642
R5CPE2240 - - R5CRE2240 RZPCE2240 R5LE2282 R1ZE841 R1ZE842
R5CPE2260 R5CPTE2260 - R5CRE2260 RZPCE2260 R5LE2232 R1ZE631 R1ZE632
R5CPE2260 R5CPTE2260 - R5CRE2260 RZPCE2260 R5LE2242 R1ZE641 R1ZE642
R5CPE2260 R5CPTE2260 - R5CRE2260 RZPCE2260 R5LE2252 R1ZE651 R1ZE652
R5CPE2260 R5CPTE2260 - R5CRE2260 RZPCE2260 R5LE2262 R1ZE661 R1ZE662
R5CPE2260 R5CPTE2260 - R5CRE2260 RZPCE2260 R5LE2282 R1ZE861 R1ZE862
R5CPE2280 R5CPTE2280 - R5CRE2280 RZPCE2280 R5LE2232 R1ZE831 R1ZE832
R5CPE2280 R5CPTE2280 - R5CRE2280 RZPCE2280 R5LE2242 R1ZE841 R1ZE842
R5CPE2280 R5CPTE2280 - R5CRE2280 RZPCE2280 R5LE2252 R1ZE851 R1ZE852
R5CPE2280 R5CPTE2280 - R5CRE2280 RZPCE2280 R5LE2262 R1ZE861 R1ZE862
R5CPE2280 R5CPTE2280 - R5CRE2280 RZPCE2280 R5LE2282 R1ZE881 R1ZE882
R5CPE22100 R5CPTE22100 - R5CRE22100 RZPCE22100 R5LE2242 R1ZE1041 R1ZE1042
R5CPE22100 R5CPTE22100 - R5CRE22100 RZPCE22100 R5LE2252 R1ZE1051 R1ZE1052
R5CPE22100 R5CPTE22100 - R5CRE22100 RZPCE22100 R5LE2262 R1ZE1061 R1ZE1062
R5CPE22100 R5CPTE22100 - R5CRE22100 RZPCE22100 R5LE2282 R1ZE1081 R1ZE1082
R5CPE22120 R5CPTE22120 - R5CRE22120 RZPCE22120 R5LE2242 R1ZE1241 R1ZE1242
R5CPE22120 R5CPTE22120 - R5CRE22120 RZPCE22120 R5LE2252 R1ZE1251 R1ZE1252
R5CPE22120 R5CPTE22120 - R5CRE22120 RZPCE22120 R5LE2262 R1ZE1261 R1ZE1262
R5CPE22120 R5CPTE22120 - R5CRE22120 RZPCE22120 R5LE2282 R1ZE1281 R1ZE1282

Codes nearing obsoles-


cence. For new plinth ref-
erences, see page 97-98

Accessories for CQE enclosure

Rack 19”' Locking elements Lifting Modularity Ramklima


accessories

Pag. 128 Pag. 112 Pag. 137 Pag. 143 Pag. 173

23
POSTE HTA
DRARIA FLUOR DF 36 kV

Désignation du produit :

La gamme DF 36 KV est composée de cellules préfabriquées à encombrement réduit,


équipées d’appareillage fixe sous enveloppe métallique, utilisant l’hexafluorure de
souffre SF6.

• Interrupteur sectionneur ; disjoncteur

Les cellules DF 36 KV permettent de réaliser la


partie MT des postes de transformation MT de
distribution publique, et poste de livraison.

Caractéristiques électriques :

Désignation DF 36
Tension assignée (KV) 36

Tension de service (KV) 30

Fréquence industrielle ( HZ) 50


Tension de tenue à fréquence industriel
- Isolement (KV) 70
- Sectionnement (KV) 85
Tension de tenue au choc de foudre (KVc) :
- Isolement 170
- Sectionnement 195
Courant de courte durée admissible (KA) 12,5 – 16

Courant de fermeture sur coupe-circuit (KA) 31,5 - 40

Courant assigné de la cellule (A)


- Cellules arrivée ou départ IS 400-630
- Cellules protection par fusible PF 200
- Cellule PGB/PGC 400 - 630 - 1250
- Cellule TM 50
Courant nominal assigné du jeu de barre (A) 400-630 - 1250

Degré de protection des enveloppes IP 2XC


Caractéristiques des appareils de coupure :

Interrupteur—sectionneur ISR (selon la norme CEI)

Désignation DF 36
Tension assignée 36
Courant assigné permanent (A) 400-630
Pouvoir de coupure à CosQ = 0,7 (A) 630
Pouvoir de coupure :
Câble à vide 16
Transformateur à vide (A) 16
Pouvoir de fermeture assigné 31,5-40
* Sur court-circuit (KAc)
Endurance mécanique (F/O) 1000
Endurance électrique (F/O à In) 100

Disjoncteur ORTHOFLUOR FP ( selon la norme CEI) :

Désignation DF 36
Courant assigné permanent (A) 400-630-1250
Pouvoir de coupure
* câble à vide (A) 31,5
* transformateur à vide (A) 10
* capacitif (A) 400
Pouvoir de fermeture assigné
* Sur court-circuit (KAc) 31,5 – 40
Durée de fonctionnement (temps moyen)
* ouverture (ms) 45
* arc (ms) 20
* fermeture (ms) 80
Séquences de manœuvres assignées 0-3min-FO-3min-FO
0-0,3s-FO-3min-FO
Endurance mécanique (F/O) 5000
Endurance électrique (F/O à In) 500
Pression de remplissage (bar à 20°c) 3,5
Constitutions des cellules :

Cellule IS : Arrivée ou départ


Equipement de base :
Interrupteur sectionneur ISR.
Organe de manœuvre type C10M.
Sectionneur de mise à la terre.
Indicateur de présence de tension.
Elément chauffante 350 W / 220 V ca
Verrouillage par serrure.
Comparateur de phases.
Indicateur de défaut.

Accessoires en option :
Contacts auxiliaires de signalisation.
Compartiment contrôle commande.
.
3 transformateurs de courant.

Cellule PF : Départ protection par fusible


Equipement de base :
Jeu de barres tripolaire.
Interrupteur sectionneur ISR.
Organe de manœuvre type C10.
3 fusibles.
Sectionneur de mise à la terre amont et aval des fusibles.
Indicateur de présence de tension.
Verrouillage par serrure.
Elément chauffante 350 W / 220 V ca

Accessoires en option :
Contacts auxiliaires de signalisation.
Compartiment contrôle commande.
3 transformateurs de courant supplémentaires
ou 3 transformateurs de tension.
Système de protection avec ou sans source auxiliaire.

Cellule PGB : Protection générale à départ barres


Equipement de base :
Jeu de barres tripolaire.
2 Interrupteurs sectionneur ISR.
Organe de manœuvre type C10M.
Disjoncteur ORTHOFLUOR FP.
Organe de manœuvre manuel BLR.
3 transformateurs de courants.
Verrouillage par serrure.
Elément chauffante 350 W / 220 V ca

Accessoires en option :
Contacts auxiliaires de signalisation.
Compartiment contrôle commande.
3 transformateurs de courant supplémentaires
ou 3 transformateurs de tension.
Cellule PGC : Protection générales à départ câbles
Equipement de base :
• Jeu de barres tripolaire.
• Interrupteur sectionneur ISR.
• Organe de manœuvre type C10M.
• Disjoncteur ORTHOFLUOR FP.
• Organe de manœuvre manuel BLR
• Sectionneur de mise à la terre.
• Indicateur de présence de tension.
• Verrouillage par serrure.
• Elément chauffante 350 W / 220 V ca
• 3 Transformateurs de courant.
Accessoires en option :
• Contacts auxiliaires de signalisation.
• Compartiment contrôle commande.
• 3 transformateurs de courant supplémentaires
• ou 3 transformateurs de tension.
• Système de protection avec ou sans source auxiliaire.

Cellule TM : Mesure et comptage


Equipement de base :
• Jeu de barres tripolaire.
• Interrupteur sectionneur ISR.
• Organe de manœuvre type C10.
• 3 fusibles.
• Sectionneur de mise à la terre.
• 3 Transformateur de tension.
• Coffret de 3 fusibles BT 10 A de protection des secondaires des TT..
• Elément chauffante 350 W / 220 V ca.
• Signalisation fusion fusibles
Accessoires en option :
• Contacts auxiliaires de signalisation.
• Compartiment contrôle commande.
Cellule LVT : 0 3 Transformateurs de tension
Equipement de base :
• Jeu de barres tripolaire.
• 3 Transformateurs de tension.

DISCRIPTION DES COMPARTIMENTS

Compartiment jeu de barres : jeu de barres tripolaire permettant une extension à volonté des tableaux,
et un raccordement à des matériels.

-Compartiment appareillage :
Il est constitué soit :
• d’Interrupteur sectionneur ISR
• D’un disjoncteur ORTHOFLUORUR FP.
Compartiment câble : Ce compartiment renferme :

• Les plages de raccordements pour câbles ;


• Le(s) sectionneur(s) de mise à la terre ;
• Les diviseurs capacitifs pour alimentation de lampes néon indiquant la présence de tension ;
• Les transformateurs de tension.

Compartiment contrôle - commande:

Commande : Comporte les éléments permettant de manœuvrer l’Interrupteur et le sectionneur


ainsi que la signalisation correspondante (coupure certaine).

Contrôle: Pour l’installation d’un bornier (motorisation), de fusible BT, et des relais de
protection.
Un caisson complémentaire peut être ajouté si nécessaire à la partie supérieu-
re de la cellule.

NORMES ET REFERENCES :
Les cellules de la gamme DF 12 KV répondent aux normes et spécifications techniques CEI, UTE sui-
vantes :
• CEI 60056-60129-60255-60265.1-60298-60420-60694-61000.4
• UTE 13- 100, 13- 200

DIMENSIONS :

Type de cellule Hauteur Largeur Profondeur Poids


(mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg)
IS 2250 750 1400 250
PF 2250 750 1400 260
TM 2250 750 1400 350
PGB 2250 2000 1400
PGC 2250 1000 1400
LVT 2250 750 1400

Distance de manœuvre :

• A l’avant 800 mm
• A l’arrière 100 mm
Tél. : +213 23 74 92 08/09
Fax. : +213 23 74 91 30
contact@sarlsomafe.com
w w w. SOMAFE-STORE .com

03, Zone Industrielle Route


de Baraki, EL-Harrach,
Alger - Algérie

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi